S-1/A

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 20, 2015

Registration Statement No. 333-205951

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Amendment No. 1

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

SoulCycle Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	7997	47-4018466
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

609 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10014

(212) 787-7685

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrants’ principal executive offices)

Melanie Whelan

Chief Executive Officer

SoulCycle Inc.

609 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10014

(212) 787-7685

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

Michael L. Zuppone, Esq. Paul Hastings LLP 75 East 55^th Street New York, NY 10022 (212) 318-6000 Facsimile: (212) 319-4090 Robert E. Buckholz, Esq. Sullivan & Cromwell LLP 125 Broad Street New York, NY 10004 (212) 558-4000 Facsimile: (212) 558-3588

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.  ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b- 2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	¨	Accelerated filer  ¨
Non-accelerated filer	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	Smaller reporting company  ¨

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Summary	1
Risk Factors	16
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements	33
The Formation Transactions	35
Use of Proceeds	39
Dividend Policy	40
Capitalization	41
Dilution	42
Selected Consolidated Financial Data	44
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information	47
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	51
Business	68
Management	77
Executive Compensation	82
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions	90
Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management	97
Description of Capital Stock	100
Shares Eligible for Future Sale	105
Certain Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders	108
Underwriting	112
Conflicts of Interest	115
Validity of Common Stock	118
Experts	118
Where You Can Find More Information	118
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements	F-1

We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

SoulCycle, the SoulCycle Wheel and our respective designs, logos and phrases, among others, are our trademarks and/or registered trademarks under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, we refer to our trademarks in this prospectus without the ^™ and ^® symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our trademarks. Unless otherwise indicated, all other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. It should be noted that we have registered our marks domestically and abroad as provided herein (with other various applications pending); and we vigilantly protect and defend our intellectual property rights domestically and abroad.

i

Note Regarding Formation Transactions and Basis of Presentation

We previously effected, and prior to the completion of this offering we will have effected, certain transactions which are referred to in this prospectus as the Formation Transactions. See “The Formation Transactions.” Unless otherwise stated, or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus reflects the consummation of the Formation Transactions and the completion of this offering. As part of the Formation Transactions:

• On May 15, 2015, our predecessor, SoulCycle Holdings, LLC redeemed common units representing 25% of the then outstanding interests in our predecessor, and our predecessor converted into a corporation named SoulCycle Inc. As a result, Equinox Holdings, Inc., which we refer to in this prospectus as Equinox or EHI, correspondingly increased its ownership of SoulCycle Inc., as the successor upon the conversion, to 97% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, which it held through a wholly owned subsidiary, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, or SIH, newly formed in connection with the transaction.

• Prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will become effective and will effect a recapitalization of our common stock into a single class of common stock and a              for              stock split.

In addition, prior to the completion of this offering, EHI and its direct and indirect parents will effect successive distributions in kind of 100% of the membership interests in SIH to the indirect owners of EHI in order to spin off and separate SoulCycle Inc. from EHI.

SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCH, is the predecessor of the issuer, SoulCycle Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCI, for financial reporting purposes. From the date of the conversion, May 15, 2015, forward, SCI is the financial reporting entity. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of SCH for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015.

See “The Formation Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a description of the foregoing transactions.

ii

DEFINITIONS

• Classes: classes include each completed class held at a studio in any period.

• Existing studios: existing studios are studios that have been open for more than 12 months for any period.

• New studios: new studios are studios that have been open for 12 months or less for any period.

• Payback period: payback period is calculated as a proxy for the length of time required to recover the initial investment in a studio and is calculated by dividing the total cost to open a new studio by its cumulative Studio Contribution.

• Rides: rides include each rider’s attendance at a class for which a studio fee was paid in any period.

• Rides per day: rides per day is calculated by dividing the total number of paying rides by calendar days in the time period. This metric is used to analyze studio growth more accurately when comparing to timeframes that include more or fewer days.

• Same studio sales: same studio sales is defined as, for any reporting period, sales for the comparable studio base, which we define as the number of studios opened longer than 12 months. Our same studio sales calculation excludes any studios closed for renovations, breakage revenue, our online retail sales and our one-time promotional warehouse sale in 2014.

NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES

Certain financial measures used in this prospectus, such as EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Studio Contribution, are not recognized under generally accepted accounting principles or “GAAP.” We define those and other non-GAAP terms as follows:

• “Free Cash Flows” is defined as cash generated from operating cash flows less capital expenditures.

• “EBITDA” is defined as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for (benefit from) income taxes.

• “Adjusted EBITDA” and “Adjusted EBITDA Margin” are supplemental measures of our performance and are also the basis for performance evaluation under our executive compensation programs. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for (benefit from) income taxes, adjusted for the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These items include, among other things, share-based compensation expense and non-cash deferred rent charges, excluding amortization of landlord contributions. “Adjusted EBITDA Margin” is defined as, for any period, the Adjusted EBITDA for that period divided by the revenue for that period. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are appropriate measures of operating performance because they eliminate the impact of expenses that do not relate to business performance.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income as measures of financial performance, or cash flows from operations as measures of liquidity or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do

iii

not reflect tax payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future, including, among other things, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as supplemental measures. Our measures of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

• “Studio Contribution” is defined as, Adjusted EBITDA, less corporate expenses in Adjusted EBITDA, including compensation for corporate employees, rent and occupancy for corporate headquarters and general and administrative expenses related to our corporate overhead. “Studio Contribution Margin” is defined as, for any period, the Studio Contribution for that period, divided by the total revenue for that period. Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin are supplemental measures of operating performance of our studios and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We believe that Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin are important measures to evaluate the performance and profitability of each studio, individually and in the aggregate. We also use Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin information to benchmark our performance versus competitors.

For a reconciliation of net income and income from operations to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Studio Contribution, each non-GAAP measures, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in this prospectus.

iv

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights certain significant information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before you decide whether to invest in our common stock. If you invest in our common stock, you are assuming a high degree of risk. See the section entitled “Risk Factors.” References to “we,” “our,” “our company,” “us,” “the company” and “SoulCycle,” refer to SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries with respect to periods prior to completion of the conversion transaction described herein and SoulCycle Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries with respect to the period following completion of the conversion into a corporation on May 15, 2015.

Our Company

SoulCycle is a rapidly growing lifestyle brand that strives to empower our riders in an immersive fitness experience. Our founders, Elizabeth Cutler and Julie Rice, were introduced at a lunch ten years ago and quickly realized they shared a similar vision about the changing role of fitness in our society of over-programmed, always-connected consumers. Traditionally, exercise was viewed as a chore, a box that needed to be checked. We believe that fitness should be joyful, inspiring and help people connect with their true and best selves.

What started as a single, 31-bike indoor cycling studio on the Upper West Side of New York City has transformed into a high growth lifestyle brand that, as of June 30, 2015, comprised a community of over 324,000 unique riders in 44 studios across the United States and with social media followers around the world. We believe SoulCycle is leading the global trend towards healthy living and a lifelong quest for meaning, wellness and personal growth.

Our community’s passion for our brand has helped us to deliver strong financial and operating performance, as illustrated by the following:

• Expanded studio count from 12 studios in 2012 to 36 studios in 2014, representing a compounded annual growth rate “CAGR” of 73%;

• Increased classes conducted and rides from approximately 25,000 and 969,000 in 2012 to over 81,000 classes and 2.9 million rides in 2014;

• Expanded total revenue from $36.2 million in 2012 to $112.0 million in 2014, representing a CAGR of 76%;

• Increased Adjusted EBITDA from $11.2 million in 2012 to $35.7 million in 2014, representing a CAGR of 78% and an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 32% in 2014; and

• Increased income from operations from $7.8 million in 2012 to $26.5 million in 2014.

1

For a reconciliation of income from operations to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in this prospectus.

Our Soul

We Aspire to Inspire.    Our mission is to bring Soul to the people. SoulCycle instructors guide riders through an inspirational, meditative fitness experience designed to benefit the body, mind and soul. Set in a dark, candlelit room to high-energy music, our riders move in unison as a pack to the beat, and follow the cues and choreography of the instructor. The experience is tribal. It is primal. And it is fun.

Our classes follow a signature format, yet every SoulCycle experience is unique. Produced to engage every single rider, each carefully curated “cardio party” is fueled by the personalities of our instructors, their uniquely crafted musical playlists and the energy of the room. The signature class includes approximately 35–40 minutes of riding, a five to eight minute upper-body strength series using hand weights and a three minute cool-down stretch. During the class, the instructor leads the rider on an emotional journey that runs parallel to the physical workout. We believe the combination of the physical, musical and emotional aspects of the ride leaves riders inspired and connected to both the brand and the community. Based on the impact we’ve had on our riders’ physical and mental well-being, we believe SoulCycle is more than a business, it’s a movement.

Your Soul Matters.    We are a “culture of yes.” Our core values are service and hospitality. We believe every ride matters; every rider matters. All of our employees complete initial, as well as ongoing, hospitality training at our “Soul University” to ensure exceptional service across the organization. We empower our managers to treat their studio as their own business and believe this helps foster the entrepreneurial culture upon which we were founded. We care, we work hard and we work together as a team. We encourage our teams to ride as much as they can, as we believe that motivated, engaged and well-trained employees are the key to cultivating our rider communities. We invest considerably in celebrating our teams through programs (such as weekly “SOULccolade”) that reward hard work, creativity, resourcefulness and actions that embody the culture and spirit of our brand.

Pack. Tribe. Community.    At SoulCycle, our riders feed off the group’s shared energy and motivation to push themselves to their greatest potential. In becoming part of our community, our riders are instilled with greater awareness of not only their bodies but also their emotions. We believe this awareness leads to healthier decisions, relationships and lives. We are not a business that values only transactions, rather we create a community that cultivates and sustains relationships. Our immersive culture of inspiration and empowerment contributes to the engaged and connected rider base in each of our studios.

2

What Sets SoulCycle Apart

We believe the following strengths define our lifestyle brand positioning and are key drivers of our success:

Our SOUL: An aspirational lifestyle brand.    Great brands often begin with an authentic and powerful origin story, and at SoulCycle, we created a radically innovative business that has resonated with consumers and the press since day one. We believe SoulCycle ignited the boutique fitness category and remains the industry’s defining brand as demonstrated by the number of rides and our riders’ engagement with our brand.

From the beginning, SoulCycle has attracted a following that includes business leaders, social influencers and celebrities who were drawn to the idea of an elevated, meditative fitness experience. The explosive growth of our brand is fueled by an ever-expanding core of passionate fans who develop a powerful, emotional connection to SoulCycle and are proud to act as Soul evangelists spreading the word to friends, family and followers. We believe the distinctive SoulCycle experience creates passion and loyalty and generates tremendous word-of-mouth brand awareness, fueling our growth.

Our riders arrive early and stay after class to socialize with their fellow riders, the studio teams and instructors. Riders voraciously consume, comment on and share content from our blog and social media channels. SoulCycle apparel has become the uniform of choice both inside and outside the studios. Our silver retail bags can be seen in airports, on street corners and in households across the country. We do not have a target demographic because at SoulCycle, ANYONE can be an Athlete, a Legend, a Warrior, a Renegade or a Rockstar. It is the place people come, regardless of their age, athletic ability, size, shape, profession or personality, to connect with their best selves.

In 2014, SoulCycle had over 10,000 unsolicited print and online press placements across local and national news outlets, including publications ranging from The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal to current events and fashion periodicals such as Vanity Fair and Vogue. Furthermore, SoulCycle was included in television programs covering topics ranging from news to pop culture with features in The Colbert Report, The Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon and the prime time show NCIS.

We have been recognized as being an innovative force both within our industry and beyond, including our being voted one of the World’s Top 10 Most Innovative Companies in Fitness by Fast Company in 2013, and rated the sixth most influential brand on Twitter at the most recent Consumer Electronics Show.

We believe our riders’ engagement with our brand will continue to attract new riders and allow us to maintain what we believe to be our leading, industry-defining position based on the number of rides and the popularity of our brand.

What we provide: A one-of-a-kind fitness experience that inspires and delights.    Our focus is to change people’s relationship with exercise by creating a workout that doesn’t feel like WORK. We have accomplished this by consistently delivering an elevated fitness experience that is physically efficient and challenging, spiritually uplifting and above all else, FUN, paired with our focus on offering welcoming and personal service at every touchpoint.

SoulCycle is carefully curated to be different from a gym or a typical fitness experience. Visitors are greeted with a smile by our studio front desk staff, inspired to open themselves to the possibility of change by our instructors and embraced and encouraged by our community of riders. After the 45-minute journey, riders stay connected to the brand through conversations on our digital and mobile platforms. For many of our riders, SoulCycle is not about how much weight they can lose, rather, it’s about letting go, turning inward and finding the strength to meet life’s daily challenges, overcome

3

obstacles and break through. SoulCycle isn’t in the business of changing bodies: it’s in the business of changing lives.

Our pioneering pay-per-class model is a key motivating factor: every time our customers step into one of our studios, they are making a choice to be there. We therefore consider ourselves obligated to ensure that riders enjoy and find value in each and every studio visit and interaction with our brand. Our studios currently average 72,000 rides per week and 30% of our weekly rides are reserved within the first 15 minutes of availability in the frenzied “Monday at noon” experience when riders can select classes for the upcoming week.

What we create: A community for our riders.    SoulCycle is a business built on relationships. It starts with our leadership and extends through our studio teams, instructors and corporate employees.

We build our rider communities by developing relationships with our riders and encouraging them to develop relationships with each other every day. The concept of community and mutual support is reinforced in every single SoulCycle class. We ride to the rhythm of the music, moving on the bikes together as a pack. We are accountable to one another during class, and we celebrate our journey together when class comes to a close. We believe the SoulCycle experience fosters loyal communities of riders whose relationships extend well beyond the doors of our studios.

Our physical studio communities are complemented by rapidly growing digital communities that include SoulCycle riders and those who have never ridden in our studios but connect with the SoulCycle lifestyle. As of December 31, 2014, SoulCycle’s social media presence included over 70,000 Instagram followers, 53,000 Facebook fans, 36,000 Twitter followers and 18,000 Spotify followers, driven by the approximately 235,000 unique riders who experienced SoulCycle in 2014.

We believe the community we create is essential to the inspiration of the brand and our engagement with our riders.

How we do it: Invest in scaling our empowered instructor and studio teams.    We are truly in the people business and place our instructors and studio teams at the core of our culture. We are intentional about hiring people who genuinely care about others, and who show the capacity to cultivate and sustain meaningful relationships. In hiring our studio teams, we value positivity and problem solving. Our instructor scouting team is always identifying and recruiting charismatic fitness professionals to audition for our eight-week proprietary training program.

At SoulCycle, we have created full-time careers for our instructors, which we believe is unique in the fitness industry. Our instructors teach indoor cycling only at SoulCycle and receive an attractive compensation and benefits package. We want our instructors to feel like they have a real career path at SoulCycle and believe this is a key differentiator versus competitors in the fitness industry.

Our overall training philosophy provides “freedom within a framework” to create structure, but not limit creativity and entrepreneurialism, as we believe empowered employees are the most engaged. In addition to our eight-week instructor training program, we have created “Soul University” with over 45 proprietary training programs to scale the distinctive culture and service of our studio operation.

We believe our instructors and studio teams are not only integral to the class experience, but also core to our brand’s culture and community.

4

What the numbers say: Highly attractive financial profile and unit economic returns.    We believe SoulCycle is portable across markets, as demonstrated by our national presence. The size and layout of our studios are also flexible, as our studios generally range between 2,000 and 5,500 square feet. On average, in 2014, our studios opened prior to 2014 generated annual studio revenue of $4 million and a Studio Contribution Margin of 55%. In addition, we believe we have highly attractive new studio economics and target payback periods of approximately two years for new urban studios and three years for new suburban studios. Our compelling unit economics, combined with our focus on profitable growth, help drive an Adjusted EBITDA Margin greater than 30%. We also generate strong Free Cash Flows.

Who we are: An inspired and passionate management team.    Our company is led by our chief executive officer, Melanie Whelan. Drawing from her prior management experience with Equinox, the Virgin Group and Starwood Hotels & Resorts, Ms. Whelan has helped lead SoulCycle’s growth since 2012 by managing and scaling the 44-studio field operation as well as overseeing all corporate functions. Our founders, Elizabeth Cutler and Julie Rice, who serve as our co-chief creative officers, have been recognized by multiple third parties as leading innovators and as the creators of one of the most influential brands. Our chief financial officer, Larry M. Segall, a member of SCH’s board of managers since 2011, recently joined us from Equinox, having served as its chief financial officer over the past 10 years, a position where he was directly responsible for the oversight of all aspects of our financial, accounting and administrative functions.

SoulCycle’s Growth Strategy

Key elements to our growth strategy are:

Expanding our studio base.    We believe that new studio openings present one of the greatest opportunities to continue to drive growth. Since opening our first studio in 2006, we have expanded significantly and as of June 30, 2015, operate 44 studios across eight metropolitan areas. We believe there is significant whitespace to continue expanding in both existing and new U.S. markets, with both urban and suburban locations and a long-term opportunity to grow our current SoulCycle domestic footprint to at least 250 studios. We have a disciplined site selection process and employ rigorous analytics to identify new studio locations in attractive markets. We opened 11 new studios in 2014 and 13 studios in 2013. Over the past several years, we have invested in our infrastructure and personnel and believe that our company is well-positioned to open at least 10 to 15 new studios per year for the next several years. In addition, we believe that the SoulCycle brand can be successfully transported abroad, as demonstrated by international recognition and social media followers, which would represent growth incremental to our planned domestic footprint.

Optimizing our market presence.    Given the passion and loyalty within our current community and growing brand awareness in circles outside our footprint, we believe there is an opportunity to optimize our market presence as measured by rides per day. We have several initiatives underway to both attract new riders and increase the frequency of rides by our existing community. Such initiatives include “clustering” of new studios in existing markets to further increase brand awareness, increasing engagement through targeted messaging and our website and enhancing the in-studio experience through amenity and technology-based service programs. The SoulCycle community is committed, engaged and outsized given our current 44 studio footprint as of June 30, 2015.

Growing the SoulCycle community.    We continue to grow the SoulCycle community through our grassroots marketing initiatives, our digital and social customer engagement programs and our corporate social responsibility activities. This strong engagement with our community elicits inspiring rider testimonials, which are published on our website and attracted approximately 11.0 million visits in 2014. As part of our hospitality-focused culture, we maintain continual dialogue with our riders through

5

our “Your Soul Matters” team, responding to 50,000 rider emails annually, and our Twitter feed, which primarily consists of conversations: riders actively reaching out and receiving an immediate response in real-time. We will continue to increase our social media presence through Instagram, Facebook, Twitter and Spotify as part of our relentless commitment to customer service. We welcome the opportunity to give back to our communities by creating impactful experiences for their charitable organizations. The meaningful community interactions across our digital platforms and our corporate social responsibility initiatives nurture the continued growth of our brand.

Brand extension opportunities.    We believe we can continue to extend and monetize the SoulCycle brand beyond the walls of our studios primarily in the areas of retail and digital content.

Retail

Our branded retail line of apparel, sourced from a selective assortment of premium brands, strengthens rider engagement and allows us to garner a larger share of riders’ spend. We unveil a new, limited production, retail collection every month to generate excitement about the latest product as well as an urgency to purchase these latest offerings given their limited availability. Our line was recently featured in Women’s Wear Daily, Self and LuckyShops. We believe there is a considerable opportunity to expand our retail brand going forward.

Digital

We believe a clear opportunity exists to expand our digital platform with content created or curated by our world-renowned instructor talent. Additionally, we believe there is also an opportunity to expand SoulCycle class content to an “at-home” audience. We intend to explore these brand extension opportunities going forward.

Corporate Information

SoulCycle Inc. was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on May 15, 2015. Our predecessor, SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on March 25, 2011 as the successor to a business founded by our founders in 2006. We currently conduct all operations through our wholly-owned subsidiaries. We are headquartered in New York, New York. Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at 609 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10014, and our telephone number at this location is (212) 787-7685. Our corporate website address is www.soul-cycle.com. Information included or referred to on, or otherwise accessible through, our website is not deemed to form a part of, or be incorporated by reference into, this prospectus.

Summary Risk Factors

We are subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business goals and objectives or that may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects. You should carefully consider the risks discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors,” including the following risks, before investing in our common stock:

• our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand;

• we may be unable to attract and retain riders, which could have a negative effect on our business and rate of growth;

• our business is geographically concentrated, and a failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth;

6

• the level of competition we face could negatively impact our revenue growth and profitability; and

• we may not be able to successfully execute our growth strategy or effectively manage our growth.

Summary of Formation Transactions

Prior to the consummation of the Redemption-Related and Separation-Related Transactions described below (which we refer to as the Formation Transactions), EHI, our founders, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice and trusts for the benefit of their respective families and an employee-owned entity comprised the only members holding membership interests in SCH.

The Redemption-Related Transactions

The Redemption-Related Transactions were consummated on May 15, 2015. In connection with these transactions:

• EHI contributed its membership interests representing a 72% interest in SCH to SIH;

• SCH borrowed $167.1 million, net of original issue discount, under a credit agreement SCH entered into on that date and obtained equity contributions of $12.7 million from EHI to redeem membership interests representing a 25% interest in SIH out of the 27% interest in SCH then owned by our founders and their family trusts in exchange for a payment to each founder and her respective family trust of $89.9 million, including reimbursement of expenses;

• The employee-owned entity retained its membership interests representing a 1% interest in SCH; and

• SCH converted from a limited liability company into a corporation named SoulCycle Inc., resulting in an ownership structure pursuant to which, by agreement among the parties:

• SIH held 970,000 shares of our class B common stock (representing 97% of the common stock then outstanding);

• Our founders and their family trusts held 20,000 shares of our class A common stock (representing 2% of the common stock then outstanding). Our founders also held unvested options to purchase 33,334 shares of our class A common stock (representing 3% of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis); and

• The employee-owned entity held 10,000 restricted shares of our class B common stock (representing 1% of the common stock then outstanding), which were subsequently distributed to certain employees who were its owners upon the liquidation of the entity.

The shares of class A and class B common stock described above do not reflect the recapitalization of our common stock into a single class of common stock and      for      stock split, as described below, that will occur prior to the completion of this offering. Our class A common stock possesses certain major decision approval and governance-related rights that will be eliminated as a result of our planned recapitalization discussed under “—The Offering,” below.

The Separation-Related Transactions

The Separation-Related Transactions will be consummated prior to the completion of this offering in order to spin off and separate SIH and SoulCycle Inc. from EHI. EHI and its direct and indirect

7

parents will effect a series of successive distributions in kind of 100% of the membership interests in SIH to the direct and indirect members of Related Equinox Holdings II, L.L.C., or REH II, who are the ultimate indirect owners of EHI. SIH intends to distribute, tax-free, shares of our common stock to its equity owners beginning on the 18-month anniversary of the separation, such that all of the shares are distributed by the 27-month anniversary of the separation or upon the earlier vote of the holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests. In connection with the separation:

• We will grant to REH II option-holders options to purchase a corresponding number of shares of our common stock, in aggregate              shares of common stock (representing         % of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis). These options upon exercise will not dilute other stockholders as a result of SIH’s share delivery obligation, described below.

• We will enter into an agreement with SIH which obligates it to deliver to us, at our direction, a number of the outstanding shares of common stock owned by it sufficient to satisfy our obligations to deliver shares upon the exercise of such options.

• Prior to the separation, REH II will issue REH II class S preferred units to current and former EHI employees who hold REH II restricted stock units. In connection with the separation, these current and former EHI employees will be able to elect a complete redemption of their REH II class S preferred shares in exchange for SIH membership interests from REH II. These SIH membership interests will represent a right to receive up to an aggregate of                 shares of common stock (representing     % of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis). SIH will be obligated to distribute to these SIH members the underlying shares of our common stock no earlier than 18 months thereafter or upon the earlier vote of the holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests.

See “The Formation Transactions” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for a description of the foregoing transactions.

Recapitalization

Prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will become effective. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will effect a recapitalization of our class A common stock and class B common stock into a single class of common stock and a                  for                  stock split.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenue during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, referred to as the JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. We may take advantage of the following provisions:

• reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;

• no non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and

• exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting.

8

We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We have taken advantage of reduced disclosure regarding executive compensation arrangements in this prospectus, and we may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of these reduced disclosure obligations in future filings while we remain an emerging growth company. If we do, the information that we provide to stockholders may be different than the information that other public companies provide to stockholders.

The JOBS Act permits an emerging growth company, such as us, to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We have chosen to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

9

The Offering

Common stock offered                 shares

Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares                 shares

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering                 shares

Use of proceeds We estimate the net proceeds from this offering to us will be approximately $         million, or approximately $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, based on an initial public offering price of $         per share after deducting estimated offering expenses payable by us and underwriting discounts and commissions.

We intend to use the net proceeds to repay debt and pay EHI’s deferred tax distribution claim. The remaining net proceeds will be used for capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes. See the section entitled “Use of Proceeds.”

Conflicts of interest Because affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. are lenders under our credit agreement, each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is deemed to have a conflict of interest under Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, which we refer to as Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. See “Underwriting—Conflicts of Interest.”

Directed share program The underwriters have reserved, at the initial public offering price, up to approximately             shares of our common stock being offered for sale to our directors, officers and certain employees and other parties related to the company. The number of shares available for sale to the general public in this offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase reserved shares. Any reserved shares not purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares.

Proposed                     symbol “                ”

10

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on the number of shares to be outstanding after giving effect to the Formation Transactions, and excludes:

•                  shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan consisting of (i)             shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options previously granted to certain employees, including executive officers, and (ii)              additional shares of common stock reserved for future issuance; and

•                  shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options granted to our founders in connection with the Redemption-Related Transactions.

Except as otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes:

• an offering price of $         per share of common stock, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus;

• the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase up to             additional shares of our common stock;

• the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated bylaws prior to the completion of this offering;

• the completion of a recapitalization resulting in a single class of authorized and outstanding common stock upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;

• the completion of a              for              split of our common stock upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation; and

• our issuance of             shares of common stock in this offering.

11

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Other Data

Pro Forma

The following tables present the summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and other data for SoulCycle Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCI, the successor to SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCH. SCH is the predecessor of the issuer, SCI, for financial reporting purposes and accordingly this prospectus contains the historical financial statements of SCH. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of SCH contained herein. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2015 are derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of SCI included in this prospectus. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH and its subsidiaries for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015. In the opinion of our management, such unaudited financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods.

The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year. The information set forth below should be read together with the “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

The summary unaudited pro forma financial data for the year ended December 31, 2014 and as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 give effect to the Redemption-Related Transactions, as described in “The Formation Transactions—The Redemption–Related Transactions,” the subsequent grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees following the Redemption-Related Transactions, the completion of the planned recapitalization of our common stock into a single class of common stock and          for          stock split and the completion of this offering, including the repayment of $             of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment to EHI of approximately $17.0 million to satisfy the deferred tax distribution claim, as described in “Use of Proceeds,” as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations data, and as of June 30, 2015, in the case of the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a complete description of the adjustments and assumptions underlying the summary unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data.

12

	Historical SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Holdings, LLC(1)											Pro Forma SoulCycle Inc.(1)(2)
	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,						For the six months ended June 30,	For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012		2015	2014
($000’s, except for share and per share data)	(unaudited)											(unaudited)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	63,145		$	41,432	$	93,776	$	62,740	$	30,812
Other revenue		11,212			8,331		18,175		12,568		5,358
Total revenue		74,357			49,763		111,951		75,308		36,170
Expenses:
Compensation and related		28,796			18,509		42,200		28,227		14,979
General and administrative		13,605			8,534		20,814		14,972		7,392
Rent and occupancy		7,071			3,788		9,053		6,053		2,829
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
Retail cost of sales		3,798			2,967		6,440		4,145		1,975
Total operating expenses, net		58,484			36,767		85,412		56,731		28,325
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income before income taxes		14,355			12,850		26,237		18,429		7,837
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623
Supplemental pro forma net income per share data(2):
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Pro forma net income available per share:
Basic
Diluted

13

	Pro forma SoulCycle Inc.(2)	Historical SoulCycle Inc.			Historical SoulCycle Holdings, LLC
	June 30, 2015	June 30, 2015			December 31, 2014		December 31, 2013
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents		$	3,829		$	5,762	$	4,657
Total assets			183,739			85,601		54,430
Total debt			172,417			3,806		3,836
Stockholders’/members’ equity			(49,249	)		49,747		28,112

⁽¹⁾  From the date of the conversion, May 15, 2015, forward, SCI is the financial reporting entity. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of SCH for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015.

⁽²⁾  Pro forma and supplemental pro forma net income per share figures give effect to the Redemption-Related Transactions, the subsequent grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees, the recapitalization and stock split and the completion of this offering, including the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment of EHI’s deferred tax distribution claim. See “Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial Information” for a detailed presentation of the unaudited pro forma financial information.

	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014			2014			2013			2012
	(unaudited)						(unaudited)
Other Financial and Operating Data:
Studios open at beginning of period		36			25			25			12			7
Studios open at end of period		44			29			36			25			12
Classes		54,564			37,067			81,317			52,766			25,126
Rides		1,976,544			1,317,025			2,889,159			1,970,899			969,104
Rides per day		10,920			7,276			7,916			5,400			2,648
Capital expenditures ($000’s)		(26,669	)		(15,075	)		(34,911	)		(26,408	)		(13,234	)
Adjusted EBITDA ($000’s)		25,690			16,527			35,687			23,304			11,212
Adjusted EBITDA Margin		34.5	%		33.2	%		31.9	%		30.9	%		31.0	%
Studio Contribution ($000’s)		40,365			26,288			59,193			41,750			19,446
Studio Contribution Margin		54.3	%		52.8	%		52.9	%		55.4	%		53.8	%
Same Studio Sales (%)		11	%		2	%		5	%		22	%		68	%

14

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)					(unaudited)
EBITDA Reconciliation:
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
EBITDA		21,087			15,965		33,444		21,911		8,995
Components of Adjusted EBITDA:
Amortization of deferred rent(a)		1,927			555		1,832		1,320		669
Other expense(b)		2,676			7		411		73		1,548
Adjusted EBITDA		25,690			16,527		35,687		23,304		11,212
Corporate expenses(c)		14,675			9,761		23,506		18,446		8,234
Studio Contribution	$	40,365		$	26,288	$	59,193	$	41,750	$	19,446

^(a) Reflects the extent to which our GAAP rent expense for the period, excluding amortization of landlord contributions, has been above or below our cash rent payments.

^(b) Other expense is comprised of the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These items include, among other things, share-based compensation expense and loss on disposal of assets.

^(c) Corporate expenses are comprised of compensation for corporate employees, rent and occupancy for corporate headquarters and general and administrative expenses related to our corporate overhead.

15

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors, as well as the financial and other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are unaware, or that we currently deem immaterial also may become important factors that affect us.

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brand.

Our success depends on the value and reputation of the SoulCycle brand. The SoulCycle name is integral to our business as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand will depend largely on the success of our ability to provide a consistent, high quality rider experience and our marketing, merchandising and community-building efforts. We rely on social media, as one of our marketing strategies, to have a positive impact on both our brand value and reputation. Our brand could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. We have also benefited in the past from favorable publicity related to celebrities riding in our studios. If in the future we lose such celebrity ridership, this could have a negative effect on our business. Additionally, while we devote considerable efforts and resources to protecting our intellectual property, if these efforts are not successful, the value of our brand may be harmed. Our failure to maintain the value and reputation of our brand could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and growth rate.

We may be unable to attract and retain riders, which could have a negative effect on our business and rate of growth.

The performance of our studios is dependent on our ability to continuously attract and retain riders, and we cannot be sure that we will be successful in these efforts, or that rider levels at our studios will not materially decline. There are numerous factors that could lead to a decline in ridership levels at established studios or that could prevent us from increasing our ridership levels at newer studios, including harm to our reputation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive cost, the opening of new studios that may have the potential to cannibalize store sales in existing areas, the heightened presence of direct and indirect competition in the areas in which the studios are located, the decline in the public’s interest in fitness through cycling, a deterioration of general economic conditions and a change in consumer spending preferences or buying trends. As a result of these factors, we cannot be sure that our ridership levels will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in ridership levels may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and growth rate.

Our business is geographically concentrated, and a failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have an adverse effect on our business and rate of growth.

As of June 30, 2015, we operate in eight metropolitan areas, the majority of which are located in the coastal areas of the United States, and our studios in the New York metropolitan area and in and around Los Angeles and San Francisco generated approximately 87% of our revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2015. We may not find as much demand in other markets and our brand may not gain the same acceptance. A failure to gain acceptance in new markets may have a material

16

adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and growth rate. The benefits of our brand may also be diluted by the presence of multiple locations in the same market.

In addition, due to our geographic concentration, adverse weather conditions, such as regional winter storms, could cause temporary or prolonged closures of our studios and decreased rider attendance. Adverse economic conditions or increased competition in those areas, especially in New York City, could have a disproportionate adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and growth rate.

The level of competition we face could negatively impact our revenue growth and profitability.

The level of competition we face is high and continues to increase. In each of the markets in which we operate, we compete with other cycling oriented competitors, general health and fitness clubs, private studios, amenity and condominium clubs and, to a certain extent, the home-use fitness equipment industry that offer or make available cycling alternatives. We also compete with other cycling oriented competitors, other entertainment and retail businesses for the discretionary income of our target demographics. We might not be able to compete effectively in the future in the markets in which we operate. We may face new competitors that enter our market with greater resources than us and such competition may be detrimental to our business. These competitive conditions may limit our ability to increase fees without a material loss in ridership, attract new riders and attract and retain qualified personnel.

The number of competitor studios and other venues such as fitness clubs that offer lower pricing for a cycling experience and a lower level of service continues to grow in our markets. These studios and other venues have attracted, and may continue to attract, riders away from our studios. In addition, large competitors could enter the urban markets in which we operate to open a chain of studios in these markets through one or a series of acquisitions.

The market for technical athletic apparel is highly competitive. Competition may result in pricing pressures, reduced profit margins or lost market share or a failure to grow our market share, any of which could substantially harm our business and results of operations. We compete against direct retailers of athletic apparel, including large, diversified apparel companies with substantial market share and established companies expanding their production and marketing of technical athletic apparel, as well as against retailers specifically focused on women’s athletic apparel.

We may not be able to successfully execute our growth strategy or effectively manage our growth.

Our growth strategy contemplates a significant expansion in the number of studios we operate. Successful implementation of our growth strategy will require significant expenditures before any substantial associated revenue is generated. Many of our existing studios are still relatively new. We cannot assure you that our recently opened or future studios will generate revenue and cash flow comparable with those generated by our existing mature studios. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that our new studios, on average, will continue to mature at the same rate as our existing studios, especially if economic conditions deteriorate.

We rely on a limited number of vendors for our retail product offerings and a single supplier and single producer for development, manufacturing and shipping of our bikes. A loss of any of our vendors or our bike producer could negatively effect our business.

Three of our vendors accounted for 63% of our retail sales for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Our ability to offer retail collections and our retail sales could be substantially curtailed if one or

17

more of these vendors were to cease, decrease or delay supply of our products, whether for voluntary or involuntary reasons, or if the retail products they supply have quality issues.

We currently rely on one supplier and one producer for our bikes. Our reliance on a sole producer for our bikes increases our risks since we do not currently have an alternative or replacement manufacturer. In the event of interruption from our producer we may not be able to develop alternate or secondary sources without incurring material additional costs and substantial delays.

We have grown rapidly in recent years and have limited operating experience at our current scale of operations. If we are unable to manage our operations at our current size or are unable to manage any future growth effectively, our brand image and financial performance may suffer.

We have expanded our operations rapidly and have limited operating experience at our current size. If our operations continue to grow, we will be required to continue to expand our studio development and sales and marketing, to upgrade our management information systems and other processes and to obtain more space for our expanding administrative support and other headquarters personnel. Our continued growth could strain our existing resources, and we could experience ongoing operating difficulties in managing a greater number of geographically dispersed studios. These difficulties could result in the erosion of our brand image and could have a material adverse effect on the growth rate of our business and our financial condition and operating results.

Our newly opened studios may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term, and may not achieve sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature studios on a timely basis or at all.

We have actively pursued new studio growth and plan to continue doing so in the future. We cannot assure you that our new studio openings will be successful or reach the sales and profitability levels of our mature studios. Our studios typically reach maturity in the second year of continuous operation. New studio openings may negatively impact our financial results in the short-term due to the effect of studio opening costs, lower ridership sales and contribution on overall profitability during the initial period following opening. New studios build their sales volume and their rider base over time and, as a result, generally have lower margins and higher operating expenses, as a percentage of revenue, than our more mature studios. New studios may not achieve sustained ridership sales and operating levels consistent with our more mature studio base on a timely basis, or at all. This may have an adverse effect on our financial condition, operating results and growth rate.

If we are unable to identify and acquire suitable sites for new studios, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted.

Our continued growth depends, in large part, on our ability to open new studios and to operate those studios successfully. We must identify and acquire sites that meet the site selection criteria we have established. If we are unable to identify and acquire desirable sites for new studios, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted. Additionally, if our analysis of the suitability of a site is incorrect, we may not be able to recover our capital investment in developing and building the new studio.

Our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted if we are unable to renew or replace our current studio leases on favorable terms, or at all, and we cannot find suitable alternate locations.

We currently lease substantially all of our studio locations pursuant to long-term non-cancelable leases (generally 5 to 20 years, including option periods). During the next 20 years, we have leases for

18

three studio locations that are due to expire without any renewal options between the years 2023 and 2028 and 49 studio locations that are due to expire with renewal options. For leases with renewal options, 31 of them provide for our unilateral option to renew for additional rental periods at specific rental rates (for example, based on the consumer price index or stated renewal terms already set in the leases) or based on the fair market rate at the location. Our ability to negotiate favorable terms on an expiring lease or to negotiate favorable terms on leases with renewal options, or conversely for a suitable alternate location, could depend on conditions in the real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords or may depend on other factors that are not within our control. Any or all of these factors and conditions could negatively impact our revenue, growth and profitability.

If we do not retain key management personnel and/or fail to attract and retain highly qualified studio personnel, including instructors, our business will suffer.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain key management personnel. If any of these persons were to leave, it might be difficult to replace them, and our business could be harmed. See “Management.” In addition, the quality of our studio operations personnel, particularly our instructors, is central to the success of our business. We cannot assure you that we can attract, train and retain sufficient qualified personnel to meet our business needs, particularly the instructors at our studios, who are critically important to our studio performance. If we are unable to attract, train and retain key instructors, this may have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.

Our expansion will also place significant demands on our management resources. We will be required to identify attractive studio locations, negotiate favorable rental terms and open new studios on a timely and cost-effective basis while maintaining a high level of quality, efficiency and performance at both mature and newly opened studios. Moreover, we plan to expand into markets where we have little or no direct prior experience, and we could encounter unanticipated problems, cost overruns or delays in opening studios in new markets or in the market acceptance for our studios. In addition, we will need to continue to implement management information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to recruit, train and retain new instructors and other employees and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, marketing, sales and operations functions.

These processes are time-consuming and expensive and may divert management’s attention. We may not be able to effectively manage this expansion, and any failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our rate of growth, business, financial condition and results of operations.

In addition, our transition to a public company that will be subject to regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business. This could adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

We expect to make capital expenditures necessary to pursue our expansion strategy. Any required outlays may from time to time be significant and when incurred may adversely impact our cash flow.

Our expansion strategy contemplates the opening of multiple new studios. We also periodically undertake renovations to upgrade existing studios. We revitalize our studios with capital improvements on a quarterly basis and perform full-scale renovation work on our existing studios approximately every

19

four years. Required outlays for such capital expenditures may at times be significant and may adversely impact cash flows during the periods when incurred. Our capital expenditures totaled $34.9 million, $26.4 million and $13.2 million, for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively, representing 31.2%, 35.1% and 36.6% of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. In addition, we may need to finance such expenditures with indebtedness which would increase our financing costs and may adversely impact our results of operations.

An economic downturn or economic uncertainty in our key markets may adversely affect discretionary spending and demand for our services.

Our premium cycling offerings may be considered discretionary items for our riders. Factors affecting the level of spending for such discretionary items include general economic conditions and other factors such as consumer confidence in future economic conditions, fears of recession, the availability of consumer credit, levels of unemployment, tax rates and the cost of consumer credit. As global economic conditions continue to be volatile or economic uncertainty remains, trends in consumer discretionary spending also remain unpredictable and subject to reductions due to credit constraints and uncertainties about the future. Unfavorable economic conditions may lead consumers to reduce or forgo use of our services. Our sensitivity to economic cycles and any related fluctuation in discretionary purchases may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

We could be subject to personal injury claims related to the use of our studios.

Riders could assert claims of personal injury in connection with their use of our services and facilities. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim or maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely affected. Depending upon the outcome, these matters may have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

We are subject to government regulation. Changes in these regulations or a failure to comply with them could have a negative effect on our financial condition.

Our operations and business practices are subject to federal, state and local government regulations in the various jurisdictions in which our studios are located, including:

• General rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission, state and local consumer protection agencies and state statutes that regulate the terms of transactions with our riders and govern the advertising, sale, financing and collection of rider fees; and

• State and local health regulations and building codes.

If we were to fail to comply with these statutes, rules and regulations, we could suffer fines or other penalties. These may include regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing aspects of our operations. It is difficult to predict the future development of such laws or regulations, and any changes in such laws could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

Increases in the minimum wage could increase the cost of our labor and have an adverse effect on our financial results.

We have a substantial number of hourly employees who are paid wage rates above the applicable federal or state minimum wage in order for our wages to remain competitive. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the United States, as well as the minimum wage in a number of individual states and municipalities. Several states in which

20

we operate have enacted increases in the minimum wage and legislation to increase the minimum wage is currently pending or being contemplated in other states in which we operate. Although we pay our hourly employees wages above the applicable federal or state minimum wage, as federal or state minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase the wages paid to our hourly employees in order to remain competitive. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be subject to obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could adversely harm our business.

State and local jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. In particular, the applicability of such taxes to our cycling offerings in various jurisdictions is unclear. While we do not believe we are currently required to collect and remit sales or similar taxes on our cycling offerings in any jurisdiction in which we are not collecting such tax, we could face the possibility of tax assessments and audits. A successful assertion that we should be collecting sales, use, value added or other taxes on our cycling offerings in those jurisdictions where we do not do so or have not historically done so could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our services or otherwise harm our business and operating results. We and certain other fitness establishments received subpoenas in May 2013 from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York regarding possible failure to collect and remit New York City sales tax on the sale of classes. Depending on the ultimate outcome, this matter could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Separately, we are currently undergoing a routine examination by the New York State Department of Taxation and are in a dialogue with them as to the applicability of that tax to our business.

Our trademarks and trade names may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.

We believe our SoulCycle brand name and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We attempt to protect our trademarks, trade names and other intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable trademark and copyright laws. If we were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, it could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our reputation could cause ridership to decline or make it more difficult to attract new riders.

Security and privacy breaches may expose us to liability and cause us to lose customers.

Federal and state laws require us to safeguard our customers’ financial information, including credit card information. Although we have established security procedures to protect against identity theft and the theft of our riders’ financial information, our security and testing measures may not prevent security breaches and breaches of our riders’ privacy may occur, which could harm our business. For example, a significant number of our users provide us with credit card and other confidential information and authorize us to bill their credit card accounts directly for our products and services. Typically, we rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to enhance transmission security of confidential information. Advances in computer capabilities, new discoveries in the field of cryptography, inadequate facility security or other developments may result in a compromise or breach of the technology used by us to protect customer data. Any compromise of our security could harm our reputation or financial condition and, therefore, our business. In addition, a party who is able to circumvent our security measures or exploit inadequacies in our security measures, could, among other effects, misappropriate proprietary information, cause interruptions in our operations or expose riders to computer viruses or other disruptions. Actual or perceived vulnerabilities may lead to claims against us. To the extent the measures we have taken prove to be insufficient or inadequate, we may become subject to litigation or administrative sanctions, which could result in significant fines, penalties or damages and harm to our reputation.

21

Disruptions and failures involving our information systems could cause rider dissatisfaction and adversely affect our billing and other administrative functions.

The continuing and uninterrupted performance of our information systems is critical to our success. We use a fully-integrated information system to process new riders, bill riders, check in riders and track and analyze sales and rider statistics, the frequency and timing of rider workouts, value-added services and demographic profiles of riders. This system also assists us in evaluating staffing needs and program offerings.

Any failure of our current system, such as crashes in the class booking function, could also cause us to lose riders and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Our riders may become dissatisfied by any systems disruption or failure that interrupts our ability to provide our services to them. Disruptions or failures that affect our billing and other administrative functions could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

Computer viruses, electronic break-ins or other similar disruptive problems could also adversely affect our sites. Any system disruption or failure, security breach or other damage that interrupts or delays our operations could cause us to lose riders, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business and results of operations. In addition, fire, floods, earthquakes, power loss, telecommunications failures, break-ins, acts of terrorism and similar events could damage our systems.

We rely extensively on our information technology systems to track inventory, record and process transactions, manage customer communications, summarize results and manage our business. The failure of our systems to operate properly or effectively, problems with transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems or difficulty in integrating new systems, could adversely affect our business.

Our results of operations could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast customer demand for our retail products.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and place orders with our manufacturers based on our estimates of future demand for particular retail products. Our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products could be affected by many factors, including an increase or decrease in customer demand for our products or for products of our competitors, our failure to accurately forecast customer acceptance of new products, product introductions by competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions and weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. If we fail to accurately forecast customer demand we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of retail products available for sale in our studios or for delivery to customers.

Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margin to suffer and could impair the strength and exclusivity of our brand. Conversely, if we underestimate customer demand for our retail products, our manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements, and this could result in damage to our reputation and customer relationships.

If we are unable to anticipate consumer preferences and successfully develop and introduce new, innovative and updated products and offerings, we may not be able to maintain or increase our ridership, sales and profitability.

Our success in maintaining and increasing ridership and in merchandising depends on our ability to identify and originate trends as well as to anticipate and react to changing consumer demands in a timely manner. All of our cycling offerings and retail products are subject to changing consumer

22

preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. If we are unable to introduce new products or offerings in a timely manner, or our new products and offerings are not accepted by our customers, our competitors may introduce similar products or offerings in a more timely fashion, which could negatively affect the rate of growth. Our new products and offerings may not receive consumer acceptance as consumer preferences could shift rapidly to different types of fitness offerings or athletic apparel or away from these types of products or offerings altogether, and our future success depends in part on our ability to anticipate and respond to these changes. Failure to anticipate and respond in a timely manner to changing consumer preferences could lead to, among other things, lower ridership and utilization rates and lower retail sales and excess inventory levels. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality products and offerings. Our failure to effectively introduce new products and offerings that are accepted by consumers could result in a decrease in net revenue and excess inventory levels, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition.

If any of our retail products are unacceptable to us or our riders, our business could be harmed.

We have occasionally received, and may in the future continue to receive, shipments of retail products that fail to comply with our technical specifications or that fail to conform to our quality control standards. We have also received, and may in the future continue to receive, products that either meet our technical specifications but that are nonetheless unacceptable to us, or products that are otherwise unacceptable to us or our riders. Under these circumstances, unless we are able to obtain replacement products in a timely manner, we risk the loss of net revenue resulting from the inability to sell those products and related increased administrative and shipping costs. Additionally, if the unacceptability of our products is not discovered until after such products are purchased by our riders, our riders could lose confidence in the quality of our products and our results of operations could suffer and our business could be harmed.

Risks Related to Our Separation From, and Continuing Relationship with, EHI.

We will have access to the transitional services provided by EHI for a limited duration and may experience challenges in our business as we seek to perform these services with our own personnel.

We have relied upon our former parent, EHI, for oversight and other services performed by certain of its employees in the support of our operations and activities. While we have entered into a transition services agreement with EHI that provides us continued access to certain of these services, the agreement provides these transition services for a limited time. We will only have access to such services until the first anniversary of the date on which the Separation-Related Transactions are consummated, except for certain financial planning and accounting services, financial system services and real estate and development services for which our access will cease on the second anniversary of the date on which the Separation-Related Transactions are consummated. The agreement is terminable by SoulCycle on ten business days’ prior notice to EHI. If terminated by EHI before we have arranged replacement services, or if we find it difficult to replace these services with services by our existing or newly recruited personnel prior to the expiration dates, we may experience operational problems and incur additional costs. In particular, we may not be able to replace these services on terms as favorable as those we received as a subsidiary of EHI and during the transition period. These operational risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

23

We could incur significant tax liabilities if the separation becomes a taxable event.

The Internal Revenue Service, or IRS, will no longer provide private letter rulings to the effect that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, a separation and distribution transaction (similar to EHI’s contribution of our predecessor to SIH and the distribution of SIH’s membership interests to the indirect owners of EHI) will qualify as a tax-free spin-off under Section 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code in this prospectus. We are part of EHI’s consolidated group for tax purposes and therefore would be subject to liability for any tax and penalties assessed by the IRS that have not been satisfied by EHI and its direct and indirect owners. EHI did not seek such a ruling from the IRS. EHI did receive a private letter ruling from the IRS that EHI’s acquisition of SoulCycle was an expansion of EHI’s business, a ruling that was received with respect to an earlier form of transaction and involved several facts that changed from the time when it was issued. While the change in facts did not relate to the issue addressed, the ruling’s continued applicability to the separation and distribution transaction reflected in the Separation-Related Transactions is unclear. It is anticipated that Steptoe & Johnson LLP will provide an opinion to EHI and us to the effect that the distribution of SIH membership interests should qualify as a tax-free spin-off under Sections 355 of the Code and that certain internal restructurings should be tax-free to EHI, the members of the EHI consolidated group as well as to us. The opinion will rely on certain facts, assumptions, representations and undertakings from EHI and us regarding the past and future conduct of the companies’ respective businesses and other matters. If any of these facts, assumptions, representations or undertakings are incorrect or not satisfied, we and EHI and its indirect owners may not be able to rely on the opinion of Steptoe & Johnson LLP. As a result of the foregoing, the ultimate treatment of the spin-off as tax-free will continue to be subject to uncertainty and no assurance can be provided that we will not be subject to liability for significant taxes and penalties not satisfied by EHI and its direct and indirect owners.

The legal opinion that is anticipated to be obtained by EHI from Steptoe & Johnson LLP will not provide assurance that the IRS will determine that the separation is not a taxable event, including as a result of certain significant changes in the equity ownership of EHI or SoulCycle after the distribution. If the distribution is determined to be taxable for U.S. federal income tax purposes, EHI and its equity owners that are subject to U.S. federal income tax could incur significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities. If any resulting liabilities of EHI are not satisfied by EHI and its direct and indirect owners, we will be subject to such liabilities because we will still be a member of the EHI consolidated group at the time of the distribution and therefore jointly and severally liable for unpaid taxes as a result of such distribution. We could also incur an indemnification obligation for significant U.S. federal income tax liabilities resulting from actions taken by us under the tax indemnity and sharing agreement. For a description of the sharing of such liabilities between EHI and us, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement.” If we are liable for taxes under the tax indemnity and sharing agreement, that liability could have a material adverse effect on us.

We may not be able to engage in certain corporate transactions for up to two years after the separation from EHI.

To help preserve the treatment to EHI of the separation of SoulCycle as tax-free under Section 355 of the Code, we will enter into a tax indemnity and sharing agreement with REH II pursuant to which we will be restricted from taking any action that prevents the separation from satisfying the requirements for tax-free treatment under Section 355 of the Code. Under the tax indemnity and sharing agreement, for the two-year period following the distribution date, SoulCycle will be prohibited, except in certain circumstances, from:

• issuing shares of its stock equal to or exceeding 20% (by vote or value) of the shares of SoulCycle stock issued and outstanding immediately following the separation, including to raise capital or as acquisition currency in furtherance of strategic transactions;

24

• selling 50% or more of the assets of its business or engaging in mergers or other strategic transactions that may result in any stockholder owning (as determined under U.S. federal income tax law) 40% or more (by vote or value) of the outstanding shares of SoulCycle stock;

• repurchasing outstanding shares of its stock, other than in open market repurchases constituting less than 20% of such stock outstanding immediately following the distribution; and

• ceasing to actively conduct its business or liquidating.

The amounts permitted set forth above may be reduced by other transactions, including exercises of options and the settlement of restricted stock units. The foregoing prohibitions are in some cases more restrictive than required under the Code due to the potential significant liability to EHI and its equity owners in the circumstance that the IRS determined the separation to be a taxable transaction. Under the tax indemnity and sharing agreement, we will have the ability to engage in certain otherwise prohibited transactions, such as additional stock issuances or stock repurchases during the restricted period, provided we first deliver to EHI a tax opinion acceptable to EHI that doing so will not adversely affect the tax-free treatment of the separation. Such acceptance may not be granted in the sole discretion of EHI.

As a result of the foregoing restrictions, our ability to pursue certain strategic transactions or other transactions that we believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders or that might increase the value of our business may be limited. We will also be required to indemnify EHI against any tax liabilities incurred primarily as a result of the violation of any of the foregoing restrictions, as well as any transaction (or series of transactions) that results in the separation being considered part of a plan by us that includes a later change in control of us during the restricted period (as determined under U.S. federal income tax law), see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement.”

The Separation-Related Transactions will not eliminate the potential for conflicts of interest to arise between us and EHI and its direct and indirect owners.

Our separation from EHI will not eliminate the potential for conflicts of interest to arise in the future as we and EHI operate our respective businesses and pursue business opportunities, potentially in competition with each other. The executive chairman of our board serves as a director and chief executive officer of EHI and certain of our director nominees serve as directors of EHI. Our chief executive officer, Melanie Whelan, and chief financial officer, Larry M. Segall, are both former executives at EHI, and Mr. Segall continues to participate in EHI’s annual bonus plan. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and certain of our directors, including the executive chairman of our board, directly and indirectly own equity interests in EHI. The equity ownership, economic interest and cross-directorships could create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when these individuals are faced with decisions that may impact us differently than EHI. Such conflicts may be resolved in a manner unfavorable to us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply with respect to SIH or affiliates of SIH.

The doctrine of corporate opportunity generally provides that a corporate fiduciary may not develop an opportunity using corporate resources, acquire an interest adverse to that of the corporation or acquire property that is reasonably incident to the present or prospective business of the corporation or in which the corporation has a present or expectancy interest, unless that opportunity is first presented to the corporation and the corporation chooses not to pursue that opportunity. The doctrine of corporate opportunity is intended to preclude officers or directors or other fiduciaries from personally benefiting from opportunities that belong to the corporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be effective prior to the closing of this offering, will provide that

25

the doctrine of “corporate opportunity” will not apply with respect to SIH or any affiliates of SIH, including the executive chairman of our board. SIH and affiliates of SIH will therefore have no duty to communicate or present corporate opportunities to us, and will have the right to either hold any corporate opportunity for its (and its affiliates’) own account and benefit or to recommend, assign or otherwise transfer such corporate opportunity to persons other than us, including to EHI.

As a result, certain of our stockholders, directors and their respective affiliates will not be prohibited from operating or investing in competing businesses. We therefore may find ourselves in competition with certain of our stockholders, directors or their respective affiliates, and we may not have knowledge of, or be able to pursue, transactions that could potentially be beneficial to us. Accordingly, we may lose a corporate opportunity or suffer competitive harm, which could negatively impact our business or prospects.

The parties to the investor rights agreement will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the affairs of the corporation.

In connection with our separation from EHI as part of the Formation Transactions, we will enter into an investor rights agreement with SIH and its permitted assigns (which will consist of its equity owners and their affiliates) pursuant to which SIH and its permitted assigns will be granted certain rights regarding the election of our directors and the governance of our affairs. This agreement will give SIH the ability to exercise significant control over our affairs. The agreement gives SIH and its permitted assigns the right to appoint a number of directors to our board of directors and committees of the board that is proportionate to their collective beneficial ownership of our common stock. Further, so long as SIH and its permitted assigns maintain ownership of an amount of common stock equal to at least 10% of the common stock they owned following this offering, they will have the ability to exercise significant control over the affairs of the corporation, including:

• the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including various sale of control transactions or a sale of substantially all of our assets;

• our, or any of our subsidiaries’, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

• the hiring and termination of our chief executive officer;

• the authorization or issuance of any of our equity securities, other than pursuant to equity incentive plans or arrangements approved by the board of directors;

• any increase or decrease in the size of the board of directors; and

• the approval of any amendment to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

Further, SIH may assign to SIH’s equity owners and their affiliates, as permitted assigns, its rights under this agreement without our consent, so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of the agreement. Following the distribution of its shares of our common stock by SIH to its equity holders, the SIH equity holders will continue to have a controlling influence over our affairs. The existence of the foregoing provisions may limit your ability to exercise influence over the affairs of the corporation. Further, SIH and any permitted assigns may have interests that are different from yours. For example, SIH’s equity owners (who will exercise voting power over the common stock owned by SIH) may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of voting power could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock. In addition, SIH’s equity owners could use their voting control to maintain our existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of control of our company or support or reject other management and board of director proposals that are

26

subject to stockholder approval, such as the election of directors. Because these owners’ interests may differ from those of other stockholders, actions they take or omit to take with respect to SoulCycle may not be as favorable to other stockholders as they are to SIH’s equity owners.

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our costs will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

We have never operated as a public company. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and                  have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to comply with these rules and regulations. Moreover, these rules and regulations relating to public companies will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these new rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain and maintain director and officer liability insurance. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain and periodically evaluate our internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and, to the extent that we are no longer an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial accounting expense and expend significant management efforts. We currently do not have an internal audit group. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge to satisfy the ongoing requirements of Section 404 and provide internal audit services. If our finance and accounting organization is unable for any reason to respond adequately to the increased demands that will result from being a public company, the quality and timeliness of our financial reporting may suffer and we could experience internal control weaknesses. Any consequences resulting from inaccuracies or delays in our reported financial statements could have an adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock as well as an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock may be negatively affected.

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second annual report on Form 10-K, we will be required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.” At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

27

The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time-consuming, costly, and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner or to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by                 , the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

We qualify as an emerging growth company, and any decision on our part to comply with certain reduced reporting and disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an emerging growth company, and, for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we currently intend to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies but not to “emerging growth companies,” including, but not limited to, not being required to have our independent registered public accounting firm audit our internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our registration statements, periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We will cease to be an emerging growth company upon the earliest of: (i) the end of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the IPO; (ii) the first fiscal year after our annual gross revenues are $1.0 billion or more; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities; or (iv) the end of any fiscal year in which the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700 million as of the end of the second quarter of that fiscal year.

We cannot predict whether investors will find our common stock less attractive if we choose to rely on these exemptions while we are an emerging growth company. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result of any choices to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and the price of our common stock may be more volatile.

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this accommodation allowing for delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and, we are therefore subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

There is no existing market for our common stock, and you cannot be certain that an active trading market or a specific share price will be established.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We will apply to list our common stock on                 . We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on                  or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters, and may not be indicative of the price that will prevail in the trading market following this offering. The market price for our common stock may decline below the initial public offering price, and our stock price is likely to be volatile.

28

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

The market price of our stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above under “—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and the following:

• the opinions and estimates of any securities analysts who publish research about us after this offering;

• announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions or capital commitments;

• variations in quarterly operating results;

• changes in general economic or market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole;

• future sales of our common stock; and

• investor perception of us and the retail industry.

As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial offering price. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

In addition, the stock markets, including                 , have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many retail companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Sales of outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding              shares of our common stock, calculated as described under “Prospectus Summary—The Offering.” Of these shares, the              shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is used in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act. At various times after the date of this prospectus, the remaining              shares will become available for resale in the public market, in compliance with the requirements of the federal securities laws and in accordance with lock-up agreements that certain of the holders of these shares have with the underwriters. However, the underwriters can waive these restrictions and allow these stockholders to sell their shares at any time without prior notice.

In addition,              shares of our common stock reserved for issuance pursuant to vested options previously granted by us will become eligible for sale in the public market once permitted by provisions of the lock-up agreements, or Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as applicable.

If the              shares or the              shares described above are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could drop significantly.

Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Therefore, if you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will incur an immediate dilution of $         in net tangible

29

book value per share from the price you paid. Furthermore, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will only own approximately     % of our outstanding shares of common stock (and have     % of the combined voting power of the outstanding shares of common stock after this offering). For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section entitled “Dilution.”

The issuance of additional stock, our stock incentive plans or otherwise will dilute all other stockholdings.

After this offering, we will have an aggregate of             shares of common stock authorized but unissued and not reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, options granted to our founders or otherwise. We may issue all of these shares without any action or approval by our stockholders.

Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because SIH’s equity owners beneficially own a substantial amount of our common stock and will continue to have substantial control over us after the offering.

Our common stock, which is the stock we are selling in this offering, has one vote per share. Upon completion of this offering, SIH will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately     % of our outstanding common stock, representing approximately     % of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. The voting rights associated with the common stock owned by SIH are passed through, pro-rata, to SIH’s equity owners. See “Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management.” As a result, the equity owners of SIH will be able to exercise a controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies for the foreseeable future. SIH and its permitted assigns will also benefit from the investor rights agreement pursuant to which SIH and its permitted assigns will have the ability to exercise significant control over our affairs. Some of SIH’s equity owners may have interests that are different from yours. For example, SIH’s equity owners may support proposals and actions with which you may disagree or which are not in your interests. The concentration of ownership in addition to the rights provided to SIH under the investor rights agreement could delay or prevent a change in control of our company or otherwise discourage a potential acquirer from attempting to obtain control of our company, which in turn could reduce the price of our common stock. In addition, SIH’s equity owners could use SIH’s voting control and rights under the investor rights agreement to maintain our existing management and directors in office, delay or prevent changes of control of our company or support or reject other management and board of director proposals that are subject to stockholder approval, such as the election of directors, amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our employee stock plans and approvals of significant transactions. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Provisions Under Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law.”

Through their membership interests in SIH following our separation from EHI, the indirect owners of EHI beneficially own a majority of our common stock. These indirect owners of EHI may have interests that differ from our interests; our separation from EHI will not eliminate completely the potential for conflicts of interest to arise in the future. For example, EHI may compete with us in the fitness industry, and potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the tax indemnity and sharing agreement, transition services agreement and other agreements entered into in the Formation Transactions. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Because these owners’ interests may differ from those of other stockholders, actions they take, or omit to take, with respect to SoulCycle may not be as favorable to other stockholders as they are to SIH’s equity owners and EHI.

30

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management may not apply our net proceeds from this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for repayment of debt, capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Anti-takeover provisions in our organizational documents could delay a change in management and limit our share price.

Upon the consummation of this offering, certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to the completion of this offering could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us even if such a change in control would increase the value of our common stock and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current board of directors or management.

We have a number of anti-takeover devices that will be in place prior to the completion of this offering that will hinder takeover attempts and could reduce the market value of our common stock or prevent sale at a premium. Our anti-takeover provisions include:

• a staggered, or classified, board of directors;

• removal of directors, only for cause, by a supermajority of the voting power of stockholders entitled to vote;

• blank-check preferred stock, the preference, rights and other terms of which may be set by the board of directors (subject to the investor rights agreement) and could delay or prevent a transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium price for our common stock or otherwise benefit our stockholders;

• a provision denying stockholders the ability to act by written consent from and after the date SIH and its permitted assigns, collectively, cease to own at least 50% of our common stock;

• a provision denying stockholders the ability to call special meetings;

• the provisions waiving the corporate opportunity doctrine with respect to SIH and affiliates of SIH;

• Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, which restricts certain business combinations with interested stockholders in certain situations will apply from and after the time of this offering; and

• advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which will become effective prior to the closing of this offering will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following civil actions:

• any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

31

• any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders;

• any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware;

• any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or

• any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.

The continued operation and growth of our business will require substantial cash. Accordingly, after the completion of this offering, we do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our common stock in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of any future financing agreements to refinance the indebtedness under our current credit agreement or otherwise provide additional financing may prohibit or restrict us from paying any type of dividends. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions relating to indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Consequently, investors may need to sell all or part of their holdings of our common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investment. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have, and may never obtain, research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our common stock would be negatively impacted. If we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage and if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

32

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements convey our current expectations or forecasts of future events. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business strategy and plans, use of the net proceeds of this offering and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking. You can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “assume,” “potential,” “predict,” “target,” “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “will,” “can,” “continue” or “may,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions that convey uncertainty about future events or outcomes. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus may include statements about:

• changes in the economy, consumer spending, the financial markets and the industries in which we operate;

• our financial outlook and financial performance;

• our ability to identify and respond to new and changing trends, team performance, customer preferences and other related factors;

• our ability to execute successfully our growth strategy and to manage effectively our growth;

• changes in the competitive environment in our industry and the markets we serve;

• our dependence on a strong brand image;

• our ability to attract and retain riders and to attract, retain and train instructors;

• our use of our proceeds from this offering;

• our cash needs and the adequacy of our cash flows and earnings;

• the availability and cost of credit;

• our dependence upon key executive management;

• our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel;

• our ability to develop and maintain relationships with our vendors;

• our indebtedness and lease obligations;

• the impact of governmental laws and regulations and the outcomes of legal proceedings and impact of legal compliance;

• the effects of restrictions imposed by our indebtedness on our current and future operations;

• our inability to protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights;

• our ability to maintain proper and effective internal controls;

• failure of our information technology systems to support our current and growing business, before and after our planned upgrades;

• disruptions to our information systems in the ordinary course or as a result of systems upgrades; and

• increased costs as a result of being a public company.

There are a number of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These important factors include those that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption “Risk Factors.” You should read these factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking

33

statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors materializes, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results, performance or achievements may vary materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

34

THE FORMATION TRANSACTIONS

Predecessor Organization

Prior to the consummation of the Redemption-Related and Separation-Related Transactions described below, our business was operated through our predecessor limited liability company, SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, the only members of which were Equinox Holdings, Inc., or EHI, our founders, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice and trusts for the benefit of their respective families, and an employee-owned entity formed to hold equity ownership in SCH on behalf of certain SoulCycle Holdings, LLC employees. SoulCycle Holdings, LLC was treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and as such, was not subject to any U.S. federal entity-level income taxes. Rather, taxable income or loss was included in the U.S. federal income tax returns of its members.

SoulCycle Holdings, LLC was converted into a Delaware corporation named SoulCycle Inc. on May 15, 2015.

The Redemption-Related Transactions

On April 6, 2015, SoulCycle Holdings, LLC entered into a redemption agreement with our founders and their family trusts and EHI. The following transactions were consummated in connection with the completion of the redemption agreement on May 15, 2015, which, as they relate to our capital stock, do not give effect to the recapitalization of our common stock into a single class of common stock and stock split to be completed as described below prior to the completion of this offering:

• EHI formed and contributed to SIH its membership interests representing a 72% interest in SoulCycle Holdings, LLC.

• SoulCycle Holdings, LLC entered into a credit agreement with various commercial bank lenders providing for a term loan of $165.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $25.0 million.

• SoulCycle Holdings, LLC borrowed $163.1 million, net of original issue discount, under the term loan and $4.0 million under the revolving credit facility and obtained equity contributions of $12.7 million from EHI to redeem membership interests representing a 25% interest in SIH out of the 27% interest in SoulCycle Holdings, LLC then owned by our founders and their family trusts in exchange for a payment to each founder and her respective trust of $89.9 million, including reimbursement of expenses. In connection with the redemption, SCH redeemed common units held by our founders and their family trusts, following which by agreement among the parties:

• EHI owned 97% of the then outstanding interests in SoulCycle Holdings, LLC;

• Our founders and their family trusts owned 2% of the then outstanding interests in SoulCycle Holdings, LLC; and

• An employee-owned entity owned 1% of the then outstanding interests in SoulCycle Holdings, LLC.

• Immediately following the redemption transaction, SoulCycle Holdings, LLC converted from a limited liability company into a corporation named SoulCycle Inc. As a result of the conversion:

• the SoulCycle Holdings, LLC membership interests held by SIH were converted into 970,000 shares of our class B common stock (representing 97% of the common stock then outstanding);

• the SoulCycle Holdings, LLC membership interests held by our founders and their family trusts were converted into an aggregate 20,000 shares of our class A common stock, which possess certain major decision, approval and governance-related rights (representing 2% of the common stock then outstanding); and

35

• the SoulCycle Holdings, LLC membership interests held by an employee-owned entity were converted into 10,000 shares of our class B common stock (representing 1% of the common stock then outstanding). This entity was subsequently liquidated, and the class B common stock was distributed equally to certain employees who were its equity owners as restricted stock subject to vesting and other conditions under a related award agreement.

• SoulCycle Holdings, LLC granted two separate options to each of our founders, the obligations under which we succeeded to upon the conversion.

• The first option granted to each founder confers a right to purchase 11,111 shares of our class A common stock (representing 1% of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis) at a price of $710 per share and vests in equal monthly increments over the 36-month period following the May 15, 2015 grant date.

• The second option granted to each founder confers a right to purchase 5,556 shares of our class A common stock (representing 0.5% of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis) at an exercise price of $             per share and vests immediately upon the completion of this offering.

• SoulCycle Holdings, LLC entered into amended and restated employment agreements with each of our founders to extend the term of employment and modify compensation and other terms, and we succeeded to these agreements as employer upon the conversion.

• SoulCycle Holdings, LLC entered into a registration rights agreement with our founders and their family trusts pursuant to which they obtained demand and other rights to have their shares of our common stock registered for public offer and sale, and we succeeded to this agreement as issuer upon the conversion.

Upon the completion of this offering and after giving effect to the planned recapitalization of our common stock into a single class of common stock and stock split, SIH will own              shares of our outstanding common stock (representing         % of the shares outstanding), our founders and their family trusts will own an aggregate              shares of our outstanding common stock (representing         % of the shares outstanding) and our employees who received shares upon the liquidation of the employee-owned entity will own              shares of our outstanding common stock under a restricted stock award (representing         % of the shares outstanding), in each case as it relates to the percentage ownership assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. The voting rights associated with the common stock owned by SIH will be passed through pro-rata to SIH’s equity owners. See “Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management.” In addition, the first option granted to each founder will vest in part and be exercisable for              shares of our common stock at a price of $         per share and the second option granted to each founder will vest and be exercisable for              shares of our common stock at a price of $         per share. The shares issuable upon exercise of these options represent         % of the shares outstanding (assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares). These shares will become eligible for sale in the public market and the options may be exercised once permitted by provisions of the lock-up agreements and applicable law. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations.”

Please see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Agreements” for a discussion of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC’s credit agreement entered into in connection with the Redemption-Related Transactions.

The Separation-Related Transactions

Immediately prior to the completion of this offering, EHI and its direct and indirect parents will effect a series of successive distributions in kind of 100% of the membership interests in SIH to the direct and indirect members of Related Equinox Holdings II, L.L.C., or REH II, who are the ultimate

36

indirect owners of EHI. These distributions will be effected in order to spin off and separate SIH and SCI from EHI so that following the separation from EHI, SoulCycle can operate independently of EHI, subject to the two year transition services agreement, discussed below. In connection with the Separation-Related Transactions, the following transactions will be consummated, which, as they relate to our capital stock, do not reflect the recapitalization and stock split to be completed as described below prior to the completion of this offering:

• The award agreements governing certain options previously granted by REH II, an indirect parent of EHI, to EHI employees, will be amended to lower the exercise price to reflect the reduction in value of the REH II options resulting from the spin-off, and separate options to purchase a corresponding number of shares of our common stock will be granted to holders of REH II options as described below.

• We will issue options to purchase an aggregate of              shares of common stock (representing         % of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis), governed by award agreements that provide for substantially the same vesting and other terms set forth in the related REH II award agreements and that reflect exercise prices ranging from $         to $         per share.

• Pursuant to the terms of an agreement SIH will enter into with us, SIH will be obligated to deliver to us, at our direction, a number of the outstanding shares of common stock owned by it sufficient to satisfy our obligations to deliver shares upon the exercise of such options; as a result, the shares issued to option-holders upon exercise will not dilute the ownership of other stockholders.

• Prior to the separation, REH II will issue REH II class S preferred units to current and former EHI employees who hold REH II restricted stock units. In connection with the separation, these current and former EHI employees will be able to elect a complete redemption of their REH II class S preferred shares in exchange for SIH membership interests from REH II. These SIH membership interests will entitle their holders to receive up to an aggregate of             shares of common stock (representing     % of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis). SIH will be obligated to distribute to these SIH members the underlying shares of our common stock no earlier than 18 months thereafter or upon the earlier vote of the holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests.

• We have entered into a transition services agreement with EHI pursuant to which EHI will provide certain services consistent with the services previously provided on an intercompany basis.

• We will enter into a tax indemnity and sharing agreement with REH II that provides for certain agreements and covenants related to tax matters involving SoulCycle Inc. and REH II.

• We will enter into a registration rights agreement with SIH (with the direct and indirect members of REH II as designated beneficiaries) pursuant to which they will obtain demand and other rights to register their shares of common stock for public offer and sale.

SIH intends to distribute, tax-free, shares of our common stock to its equity owners every three months beginning on the 18-month anniversary of the separation, such that all of the shares are distributed by the 27-month anniversary of the separation or upon the earlier vote of the holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests.

Prior to the completion of this offering, we will enter into an investor rights agreement with SIH and its permitted assigns (which will consist of its equity owners and their affiliates), pursuant to which SIH and its permitted assigns will be granted certain rights regarding the election of our directors and the governance of our affairs.

37

Upon the completion of this offering and after giving effect to the planned recapitalization and stock split, the options we will issue to holders of REH II options in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions will be exercisable for an aggregate of              shares of our common stock (representing         % of the shares outstanding, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares) at exercise prices ranging from $         to $         per share.

For a description of the terms of the redemption agreement, the transition services agreement, the tax indemnity and sharing agreement, the registration rights agreements and the investor rights agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Recapitalization

Prior to the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will become effective. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will effect a recapitalization of our class A common stock and class B common stock into a single class of common stock and a              for              stock split. The major decision approval and governance-related rights possessed by our class A common stock will be eliminated as a result of the recapitalization.

38

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock by us will be approximately $         million, assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay $         of outstanding borrowings due under our credit agreement and to pay EHI $17.0 million to satisfy the deferred tax distribution claim to which we succeeded upon the conversion. The $                     of remaining net proceeds will be used for capital expenditures, working capital and other general corporate purposes, but the amount actually used for such purposes will depend upon several factors, including the growth of our business, the actual cost of capital expenditures and our cash flow from operations. We are unable to predict whether and the extent to which our cash flow operations will be sufficient for the Company’s capital expenditures, working capital and other cash requirements at any point in time and as a result, the amount of net proceeds that we will use for such purposes is unknown. We will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds, and the investors in this offering will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds.

Our credit agreement matures on May 15, 2020 and as of                      , 2015, the outstanding borrowings thereunder currently bear interest at     % per annum. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Agreements—Credit Agreement.” We used borrowings in the amount of $167.1 million, net of original issue discount, under our credit agreement to partially fund the redemption payments paid to our founders and their family trusts, as more fully described in “The Formation Transactions.” The outstanding borrowings become due and payable upon the closing of this offering and will be repaid with the proceeds of this offering and financing obtained under a new credit agreement we expect to enter into on or before the closing of this offering.

For further information concerning the deferred tax distribution claim, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Deferred Tax Distributions.”

39

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation of our business, and therefore we do not currently expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements, restrictions in our debt agreements and other factors that our board of directors deems relevant. Our ability to pay cash dividends is restricted under our current credit agreement and may also be restricted by the terms of any future credit agreement we or our subsidiaries enter into or of any future debt or preferred equity securities we or our subsidiaries issue. See “Risk Factors—After the completion of this offering, we do not expect to declare any dividends in the foreseeable future.”

40

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our consolidated capitalization as of June 30, 2015 of:

• SoulCycle Inc. on an actual basis;

• SoulCycle Inc. on a pro forma basis to give effect to the offering Formation Transactions described under “The Formation Transactions;” and

• SoulCycle Inc. on a pro forma as adjusted basis to (i) reflect the completion of the recapitalization and              for              stock split upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to the completion of this offering; and (ii) give effect to the issuance and the sale of              shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds of this offering after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us as described under “Use of Proceeds.”

The pro forma as adjusted information set forth in the table below is illustrative only and will adjust based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of the offering determined at pricing.

This table should be read with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

	As of June 30, 2015
(in thousands, except share and per share data)	Actual			Pro Forma(1)		Pro Forma As Adjusted
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,829
Indebtedness:
Existing long–term debt		—			—		—
Revolving credit facility		10,000
Term loan		162,417
Total indebtedness	$	172,417
Total equity:
Retained earnings	$	75,701
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual;                     shares authorized,             issued and outstanding, pro forma(2)		10
Additional paid-in capital		(124,960	)
Total stockholders’ equity	$	(49,249	)
Total capitalization	$	123,168

⁽¹⁾ Prior to the completion of this offering, we will file our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will effect a recapitalization of our class A common stock and class B common stock into a single class of common stock and a              for              stock split.

41

DILUTION

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our common stock and the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after the completion of this offering.

We calculate net tangible book value per share by dividing our net tangible book value, which equals total assets less goodwill, net other intangible assets and total liabilities, by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. Our pro forma net tangible book value of our common stock as of June 30, 2015 (assuming our issuance of             shares of common stock in connection with the Formation Transactions) was approximately $         million, or $         per share, based upon             shares outstanding.

After giving effect to the sale of             shares of common stock by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2015 would have been $         million, or $         per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $         per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $         per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

Assumed initial public offering price per share of our common stock	$
Increase per pre-offering share in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to sale of common stock in this offering	$
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering	$
Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors	$

Assuming no change in the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, a $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) our net tangible book value by $         million or $         per share.

If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering would be $         per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $         per share.

The following table summarizes, on a pro forma as adjusted basis, as of June 30, 2015, after giving effect to the completion of this offering, the total cash consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders for their common stock and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us:

	Shares Issued				Total Consideration				Average Price Per Share
	Number	Percent			Amount	Percent
Existing stockholders’ interests				%	$			%	$
New investors				%				%
Total			100	%	$		100	%

42

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all stockholders by approximately $         million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

If the underwriters exercise their option in full, our existing stockholders would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

To the extent that outstanding options are exercised, new options are granted under our equity incentive plans or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to the new investors participating in this offering. For a description of our equity incentive plan, see the section entitled “Executive Compensation—New Employment Agreements and Incentive Plan—2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”

43

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents the selected historical consolidated financial data for SoulCycle Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCI, the successor to SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCH. SCH is the predecessor of the issuer, SCI, for financial reporting purposes. From the date of the conversion, May 15, 2015, forward, SCI is the financial reporting entity. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of SCH for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015. The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes to those statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and is qualified in its entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our selected consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013 and for the three years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited selected consolidated financial data as of June 30, 2015 and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements. The other financial and operating data is not derived from our financial statements.

In the opinion of management, the unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments necessary for the fair presentation of our financial position and results of operations for these periods. The historical results presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period may not necessarily be indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year.

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	63,145		$	41,432		$  93,776	$	62,740	$	30,812
Other revenue		11,212			8,331		18,175		12,568		5,358
Total revenue		74,357			49,763		111,951		75,308		36,170
Expenses:
Compensation and related		28,796			18,509		42,200		28,227		14,979
General and administrative		13,605			8,534		20,814		14,972		7,392
Rent and occupancy		7,071			3,788		9,053		6,053		2,829
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
Retail cost of sales		3,798			2,967		6,440		4,145		1,975
Total operating expenses, net		58,484			36,767		85,412		56,731		28,325
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income before income taxes		14,355			12,850		26,237		18,429		7,837
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623

44

	For the six months ended June 30,				For the year ended December 31,
	2015		2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Earnings per share of common stock:(1)
Basic	$	87.31	$	12.45	$	25.33		17.80		7.62
Diluted	$	87.31	$	12.45	$	25.33		17.80		7.62
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000
Diluted		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share is presented as if the common stock outstanding upon incorporation was outstanding for all periods presented.

	As of June 30,			As of December 31,
	2015			2014		2013
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,829		$	5,762	$	4,657
Total assets		183,739			85,601		54,430
Total debt		172,417			3,806		3,836
Stockholders’/members’ equity		(49,249	)		49,747		28,112

	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014			2014			2013			2012
	(unaudited)						(unaudited)
Other Financial and Operating Data:
Studios open at beginning of period		36			25			25			12			7
Studios open at end of period		44			29			36			25			12
Classes		54,564			37,067			81,317			52,766			25,126
Rides		1,976,544			1,317,025			2,889,159			1,970,899			969,104
Rides per day		10,920			7,276			7,916			5,400			2,648
Capital expenditures ($000’s)		(26,669	)		(15,075	)		(34,911	)		(26,408	)		(13,234	)
Adjusted EBITDA ($000’s)		25,690			16,527			35,687			23,304			11,212
Adjusted EBITDA Margin		34.5	%		33.2	%		31.9	%		30.9	%		31.0	%
Studio Contribution ($000’s)		40,365			26,288			59,193			41,750			19,446
Studio Contribution Margin		54.3	%		52.8	%		52.9	%		55.4	%		53.8	%
Same Studio Sales (%)		11	%		2	%		5	%		22	%		68	%

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are included in this prospectus because they are key metrics used by management and our board of directors to assess our financial performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties to evaluate companies in our industry.

EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not GAAP measures of our financial performance or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to net income as a measure of financial performance, or cash flows from operations as a measure of liquidity or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Additionally, EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to be measures of free cash flow for management’s discretionary use, as they do not reflect tax

45

payments, debt service requirements, capital expenditures and certain other cash costs that may recur in the future, including, among other things, cash requirements for working capital needs and cash costs to replace assets being depreciated and amortized. Management compensates for these limitations by relying on our GAAP results in addition to using EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin as supplemental measures. Our measures of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled captions of other companies due to different methods of calculation.

Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin are supplemental measures of operating performance of our studios and our calculations thereof may not be comparable to similar measures reported by other companies. Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered as substitutes for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. We believe that Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin are important measures to evaluate the performance and profitability of each studio, individually and in the aggregate. We also use Studio Contribution and Studio Contribution Margin information to benchmark our performance versus competitors.

A reconciliation of net income and income from operations to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Studio Contribution, each non-GAAP measures, is set forth below.

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)					(unaudited)
EBITDA Reconciliation:
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
EBITDA		21,087			15,965		33,444		21,911		8,995
Components of Adjusted EBITDA:
Amortization of deferred rent(a)		1,927			555		1,832		1,320		669
Other expense(b)		2,676			7		411		73		1,548
Adjusted EBITDA		25,690			16,527		35,687		23,304		11,212
Corporate expenses(c)		14,675			9,761		23,506		18,446		8,234
Studio Contribution	$	40,365		$	26,288	$	59,193	$	41,750	$	19,446

^(a) Reflects the extent to which our GAAP rent expense for the period, excluding amortization of landlord contributions, has been above or below our cash rent payments.

^(b) Other expense is comprised of the impact of certain non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing operating performance. These items include, among other things, share-based compensation expense and loss on disposal of assets.

^(c) Corporate expenses are comprised of compensation for corporate employees, rent and occupancy for corporate headquarters and general and administrative expenses related to our corporate overhead.

46

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 and pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 and the six months ended June 30, 2015 give effect to various adjustments described below, as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2014, in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations data, and as of June 30, 2015, in the case of the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet data. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had this offering and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future.

SCH is the predecessor of the issuer, SCI, for financial reporting purposes. We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 from the audited consolidated financial statements of SCH as of and for the year ended December 31, 2014 set forth in this prospectus. We have derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015 from the unaudited consolidated financial statements of SCI, as the successor to SCH and its subsidiaries, as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2015 set forth in this prospectus. From the date of the conversion, May 15, 2015, forward, SCI is the financial reporting entity. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of SCH for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015. The pro forma financial information is qualified in its entirety by reference to, and should be read in conjunction with, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes in this prospectus.

The pro forma adjustments related to the Redemption-Related Transactions, the subsequent grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees, the recapitalization and stock split and the application of the proceeds of this offering, including the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment of EHI’s deferred tax distribution claim, are described in the notes to the unaudited pro forma financial information, and include the following:

(i) Our becoming subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate income taxes and taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates, which assumes an effective tax rate of         %;

(ii) The grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees following the Redemption-Related Transactions, including grants under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan;

(iii) The completion of a recapitalization resulting in a single class of authorized and outstanding common stock and giving effect to a          for          stock split, which will occur upon the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation prior to the closing of this offering; and

(iv) The receipt and application of $                 of net proceeds, including the repayment of $             of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment of EHI’s deferred tax distribution claim. This assumes net proceeds of this offering of $         million, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

47

The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and notes in this prospectus are presented for illustrative purposes only. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and methodologies that are factually supportable and directly related to the Redemption-Related Transactions, the subsequent grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees, the recapitalization and stock split and the application of the proceeds of this offering, including the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment of deferred tax distribution claim. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information includes various estimates which are subject to material change and may not be indicative of what our operations or financial position would have been had the Redemption-Related Transactions, the subsequent grant of options to purchase our common stock to certain of our employees, the recapitalization and stock split and the completion of this offering, including the repayment of outstanding indebtedness under our credit agreement and the payment of EHI’s deferred tax distribution claims, taken place on the dates indicated, or that may be expected to occur in the future.

SoulCycle Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Balance Sheet as of June 30, 2015

($000’s)	Historical SoulCycle Inc.			Offering Adjustments	Pro Forma SoulCycle Inc.
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,829
Inventory, net		4,294
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		4,692
Total current assets		12,815
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net		94,635
Deferred tax assets, net		74,094
Other non-current assets		2,195
Total non-current assets		170,924
Total assets	$	183,739
Liabilities and Members’/Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	$	14,807
Deferred tax distributions to EHI		17,046
Current debt		1,650
Deferred revenue		17,620
Total current liabilities		51,123
Non-current liabilities:
Long-term debt, less current portion		170,767
Deferred rent		9,631
Other non-current liabilities		1,467
Total non-current liabilities		181,865
Total liabilities		232,988
Members’/Stockholders’ Equity
Members’ equity		—
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share		10
Retained earnings		75,701
Additional paid-in capital		(124,960	)
Total members’/stockholders’ equity		(49,249	)
Total liabilities and members’/stockholders’ equity	$	183,739

48

SoulCycle Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the six months ended June 30, 2015

($000’s)	Historical SoulCycle Inc.			Adjustments	Pro Forma SoulCycle Inc.
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	63,145
Other revenue		11,212
Total revenue		74,357
Expenses:
Compensation and related		28,796
General and administrative		13,605
Rent and occupancy		7,071
Depreciation and amortization		5,214
Retail cost of sales		3,798
Total operating expenses, net		58,484
Income from operations		15,873
Interest expense, net		1,518
Income before income taxes		14,355
Benefit from income taxes		(72,953	)
Net income	$	87,308
Net income per share data:
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Net income available per share:
Basic
Diluted
Supplemental pro forma net income per share data:
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Net income available per share:
Basic
Diluted

49

SoulCycle Inc. and Subsidiaries

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

for the year ended December 31, 2014

($000’s)	Historical SoulCycle Holdings, LLC		Adjustments	Pro Forma SoulCycle Inc.
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	93,776
Other revenue		18,175
Total revenue		111,951
Expenses:
Compensation and related		42,200
General and administrative		20,814
Rent and occupancy		9,053
Depreciation and amortization		6,905
Retail cost of sales		6,440
Total operating expenses, net		85,412
Income from operations		26,539
Interest expense, net		302
Income before income taxes		26,237
Provision for income taxes		908
Net income	$	25,329
Net income per share data:
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Net income available per share:
Basic
Diluted
Supplemental pro forma net income per share data:
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
Diluted
Net income available per share:
Basic
Diluted

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion of our historical results of operations and our liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, this prospectus contains “forward-looking statements.” You should review the “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this prospectus for factors and uncertainties that may cause our actual future results to be materially different from those in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on information available to us as of the date hereof, and we assume no obligation to update any such forward-looking statements.

In this prospectus, the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, the terms “Company,” “SoulCycle,” “we,” “us” and “ours” refer to SoulCycle Inc., the successor to SoulCycle Holdings, LLC following the conversion. From the date of the conversion, May 15, 2015, forward, SoulCycle Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCI, is the financial reporting entity. Accordingly, the historical consolidated financial information included in this prospectus is that of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and its consolidated subsidiaries, or SCH, for the periods ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. For the period ended June 30, 2015, the financial information combines the results of SCH for the 135 day period ended May 15, 2015 and the results of SCI for the 46 day period from inception through June 30, 2015.

Company Overview

SoulCycle is a rapidly growing lifestyle brand that we believe ignited the boutique fitness category and remains the industry’s defining brand as demonstrated by the number of rides and our riders’ engagement with our brand. Our mission is to bring Soul to the people. SoulCycle instructors guide riders through an inspirational, meditative fitness experience designed to benefit the body, mind and soul. Our focus is to provide personalized and consistent customer service while creating community for our riders. The concept of community and mutual support is reinforced in every single SoulCycle class. We believe the community we create is essential to the inspiration of the brand and our engagement with our riders.

As of June 30, 2015, we operated 44 total studios in eight metropolitan areas. The following table illustrates our locations by market:

	As of June 30,		As of December 31,
Market	2015		2014		2013		2012
New York City		14		12		10		5
New York Metro(1)		12		10		8		4
Southern California		8		7		4		3
Northern California		5		4		3		—
Washington D.C. Metro		2		2		—		—
Boston Metro		1		1		—		—
Southern Florida		1		—		—		—
Chicago		1		—		—		—
Total		44		36		25		12

⁽¹⁾  New York Metro includes studios located on Long Island and in Westchester County, New York and in Connecticut and New Jersey.

During the six months ended June 30, 2015, we conducted approximately 55,000 paying classes for our community who completed 2.0 million rides.

51

Growth Strategies and Outlook

We plan to continue to expand our business and enhance our competitive positioning by executing on the following strategies:

• Expanding our studio base.    We believe that new studio openings present one of the greatest opportunities to continue to drive growth. We believe there is significant whitespace to continue expanding in both existing and new U.S. markets, with both urban and suburban locations and a long-term opportunity to grow our current SoulCycle domestic footprint to at least 250 studios. We believe that our company is well-positioned to open at least 10 to 15 new studios per year for the next several years. In addition, we believe that the SoulCycle brand can be successfully transported abroad, which would represent growth incremental to our planned domestic footprint.

• Optimizing our market presence.    Given the passion and loyalty within our current community and growing brand awareness in circles outside our footprint, we believe there is an opportunity to optimize our market presence as measured by rides per day. We have several initiatives underway to both attract new riders and increase the frequency of rides by our existing community. Such initiatives include “clustering” of new studios in existing markets to further increase brand awareness, increasing engagement through targeted messaging and our website and enhancing the in-studio experience through amenity and technology-based service programs.

• Growing the SoulCycle community.    We continue to grow the SoulCycle community through our grassroots marketing initiatives, our digital and social customer engagement programs and our corporate social responsibility activities. We welcome the opportunity to give back to our communities by creating impactful experiences for their charitable organizations. The meaningful community interactions across our digital platforms and our corporate social responsibility initiatives nurture the continued growth of our brand.

• Brand extension opportunities.    We believe we can continue to extend and monetize the SoulCycle brand beyond the walls of our studios primarily in the areas of retail and digital content. 

Retail:    Our branded retail line of apparel, sourced from a selective assortment of premium brands, strengthens rider engagement and allows us to garner a larger share of riders’ spend. We believe there is a considerable opportunity to expand our retail brand going forward.

Digital:    We believe a clear opportunity exists to expand our digital platform with content created or curated by our world-renowned instructor talent. Additionally, we believe there is also an opportunity to expand SoulCycle class content to an “at-home” audience.

Post-Offering Taxation and Expenses

We became subject to U.S. federal, state and local corporate income tax at the time of our conversion and have been taxed at the prevailing corporate tax rates since the conversion.

As a public company, we will be implementing additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We expect to incur additional annual expenses related to public company reporting and control process documentation and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel and increased professional services.

52

In addition, we will continue to reimburse our former parent, EHI, for various transitional services until the first anniversary of the date on which the Separation-Related Transactions are consummated. We will continue to reimburse EHI for certain financial planning and accounting services, financial system services and real estate and development services until the second anniversary of the date on which the Separation-Related Transactions are consummated. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Transition Services Agreement.”

Results of Operations:

The following tables summarize key components of our results of operations for the periods indicated:

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	63,145		$	41,432	$	93,776	$	62,740	$	30,812
Other revenue		11,212			8,331		18,175		12,568		5,358
Total revenue		74,357			49,763		111,951		75,308		36,170
Expenses:
Compensation and related		28,796			18,509		42,200		28,227		14,979
General and administrative		13,605			8,534		20,814		14,972		7,392
Rent and occupancy		7,071			3,788		9,053		6,053		2,829
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
Retail cost of sales		3,798			2,967		6,440		4,145		1,975
Total operating expenses, net		58,484			36,767		85,412		56,731		28,325
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income before income taxes		14,355			12,850		26,237		18,429		7,837
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623

53

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of total revenues:

	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014			2014			2013			2012
	(unaudited)
Revenue:
Studio fees		84.9	%		83.3	%		83.8	%		83.3	%		85.2	%
Other revenue		15.1			16.7			16.2			16.7			14.8
Total revenue		100.0			100.0			100.0			100.0			100.0
Expenses:
Compensation and related		38.7			37.2			37.7			37.5			41.4
General and administrative		18.3			17.1			18.6			19.9			20.4
Rent and occupancy		9.5			7.6			8.1			8.0			7.8
Depreciation and amortization		7.0			6.0			6.2			4.4			3.2
Retail cost of sales		5.1			6.0			5.8			5.5			5.5
Total operating expenses, net		78.7			73.9			76.3			75.3			78.3
Income from operations		21.3			26.1			23.7			24.7			21.7
Interest expense, net		2.0			0.3			0.3			0.2			0.0
Income before income taxes		19.3			25.8			23.4			24.5			21.7
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(98.1	)		0.8			0.8			0.8			0.6
Net income		117.4	%		25.0	%		22.6	%		23.6	%		21.1	%
Earnings per share of common stock:(1)
Basic	$	87.31		$	12.45		$	25.33			17.80			7.62
Diluted	$	87.31		$	12.45		$	25.33			17.80			7.62
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000
Diluted		1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000			1,000,000

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share is presented as if the common stock outstanding upon incorporation was outstanding for all periods presented.

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015, Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Revenue

	For the six months ended June 30,
	2015					2014
($000’s)	Revenue		% of Total Revenue			Revenue		% of Total Revenue			% Variance
Studio fees	$	63,145		84.9	%	$	41,432		83.3	%		52.4	%
Other revenue		11,212		15.1	%		8,331		16.7	%		34.6	%
Total revenue	$	74,357		100.0	%	$	49,763		100.0	%		49.4	%

Revenue.    Total revenue increased $24.6 million, or 49.4%, to $74.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $49.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Same studio sales for the six months ended June 30, 2015 of $50.9 million increased 11.0% compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 same studio sales of $45.9 million. Increased revenue from new studios contributed $18.1 million. Additionally, we have recognized a net increase of $1.5 million resulting from items excluded from same studio sales.

54

Studio fees, which represented 84.9% of our total revenue, increased $21.7 million, or 52.4%, to $63.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, compared to $41.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase in studio fees was primarily due to an increase in number of rides.

Other revenue increased $2.9 million, or 34.6%, to $11.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from $8.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. Other revenue primarily includes sales of clothing, accessories and beverages and shoe rental revenue. Other revenue increased due to the opening of new studios and an increase in riders at existing studios.

Operating expenses

	For the six months ended June 30,
	2015		2014		% Variance
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Compensation and related	$	28,796	$	18,509		55.6	%
General and administrative		13,605		8,534		59.4	%
Rent and occupancy		7,071		3,788		86.7	%
Depreciation and amortization		5,214		2,969		75.6	%
Retail cost of sales		3,798		2,967		28.0	%
Total operating expenses, net	$	58,484	$	36,767		59.1	%

Compensation and related.    Compensation and related expenses were $28.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $10.3 million, or 55.6%, from $18.5 million in 2014. As a percentage of revenue, compensation and related expenses increased 1.5%, to 38.7% from 37.2% for the comparable period. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to an increase in bonus and share-based compensation costs.

General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses were $13.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $5.1 million, or 59.4%, from $8.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. General and administrative expenses increased as a result of new studio openings. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses increased to 18.3% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 17.1% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. General and administrative expenses were higher primarily driven by increased marketing, public relations and professional fee costs.

Rent and occupancy.    Rent and occupancy expense was $7.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $3.3 million, or 86.7%, from $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily due to additional rent and related expenses incurred in connection with our new openings. As a percentage of revenue, rent and occupancy expense increased to 9.5% for the six months ended June 30, 2015 from 7.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by an increase in rent and occupancy due to acquiring additional corporate office space to accommodate growth.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $5.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $2.2 million, or 75.6%, from $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation expense resulting from leasehold improvements and new equipment for our new studio openings and additional investment in corporate infrastructure, including website development. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization increased to 7.0% from 6.0%.

55

Retail cost of sales.    Retail cost of sales was $3.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $0.8 million, or 28.0% from $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in cost of sales relative to an increase in retail sales.

Total operating expenses, net.    Total operating expenses, net, were $58.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $21.7 million, or 59.1%, from $36.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses increased to 78.6% in 2015 from 73.9% in the prior year. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by increases due to an increase in bonus and share-based compensation cost.

Net income

	For the six months ended June 30,
	2015			2014		% Variance
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Total revenue	$	74,357		$	49,763		49.4	%
Total operating expenses, net		58,484			36,767		59.1	%
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		22.1	%
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		NM
Income before income taxes		14,355			12,850		11.7	%
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes		(72,953	)		396		NM
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454		NM

Interest expense, net.    Interest expense, net, for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was $1.5 million and consisted primarily of interest expense on the term loan of $165.0 million and $10.0 million drawn under the revolver as of June 30, 2015 as described under “—Credit Agreements,” below. Interest expense, net, for the six months ended June 30, 2014 was $0.1 million and consisted of interest expense on our revolving line of credit with our majority equityholder, EHI and interest on automobile loans.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes.    Benefit from income taxes was $73.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015. Prior to the Redemption-Related Transactions, the Company was a limited liability company and was treated as a partnership for income tax purposes; however it was subject to city unincorporated business tax and state franchise and partnership taxes. SCI’s conversion to a corporation on May 15, 2015 resulted in a change in our tax status as of May 15, 2015. We recorded a one-time net tax benefit of $74.3 million upon conversion for tax basis differentials between EHI and SCI, including $76.0 million resulting directly from the Redemption-Related Transactions. The $74.3 million one-time net tax benefit upon conversion is treated as a discrete item in the quarter. This was offset by a $1.2 million provision for income taxes recorded for the period from May 15, 2015 through June 30, 2015 as a result of our incorporation.

Provision for income taxes was $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014 and consisted of California franchise board taxes and New York City unincorporated business taxes. We were not subject to U.S. federal and state corporate income taxes in 2014.

Net income.    As a result of the reasons discussed above, net income was $87.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014.

56

Year Ended December 31, 2014, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenue

	For the year ended December 31,
	2014					2013
($000’s)	Revenue		% of Total Revenue			Revenue		% of Total Revenue			% Variance
Studio fees	$	93,776		83.8	%	$	62,740		83.3	%		49.5	%
Other revenue		18,175		16.2	%		12,568		16.7	%		44.6	%
Total revenue	$	111,951		100.0	%	$	75,308		100.0	%		48.7	%

Revenue.    Total revenue increased $36.7 million, or 48.7%, to $112.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $75.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Same studio sales for the year ended December 31, 2014 of $67.9 million increased 5.0% compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 of $64.7 million. Increased revenue from new studios contributed $32.8 million.

Studio fees, which represented 83.8% of our total revenue, increased $31.1 million, or 49.5%, to $93.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $62.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in studio fees was primarily attributable to an increase in number of rides, offset by a decrease in average price per ride driven by the change in mix of suburban studio openings, which have a lower price point than urban studios.

Other revenue increased $5.6 million, or 44.6%, to $18.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 from $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Other revenue primarily includes sales of clothing, accessories and beverages and shoe rental revenue. Other revenue increased due to the opening of new studios and an increase in riders at existing studios.

Operating expenses

	For the year ended December 31,
($000’s)	2014		2013		% Variance
Compensation and related	$	42,200	$	28,227		49.5	%
General and administrative		20,814		14,972		39.0	%
Rent and occupancy		9,053		6,053		49.6	%
Depreciation and amortization		6,905		3,334		107.1	%
Retail cost of sales		6,440		4,145		55.4	%
Total operating expenses, net	$	85,412	$	56,731		50.6	%

Compensation and related.    Compensation and related expenses were $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $14.0 million, or 49.5%, from $28.2 million in 2013. As a percentage of revenue, compensation and related expenses increased to 37.7% from 37.5% for the comparable period. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to an increase in the average instructor pay rate, as well as higher corporate compensation costs as a percent of revenue. Revenue growth over this time period was 48.7% while compensation growth was 49.5%.

General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses were $20.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $5.8 million or 39.0%, from $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. General and administrative expenses increased primarily as a result of new studio openings. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 18.6% for the year ended December 31, 2014, from 19.9% in the prior year due to operational efficiencies related to studio supplies.

57

Rent and occupancy.    Rent and occupancy expense was $9.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $3.0 million or 49.6%, from $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily due to additional rent and related expenses incurred in connection with our new openings. As a percentage of revenue, rent and occupancy expense increased to 8.1% for the year ended December 31, 2014 from 8.0% in the prior year.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $6.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $3.6 million, or 107.1%, from $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation expense resulting from leasehold improvements and new equipment for our new studio openings. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization increased to 6.2% from 4.4% in the prior year.

Retail cost of sales.    Retail cost of sales was $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.3 million, or 55.4%, from $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in cost of sales relative to an increase in retail sales.

Total operating expenses, net.    Total operating expenses were $85.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $28.7 million or 50.6%, from $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses increased to 76.3% in 2014 from 75.3% in the prior year. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to an increase in depreciation and amortization expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Net income

	For the year ended December 31,
($000’s)	2014		2013		% Variance
Total revenue	$	111,951	$	75,308		48.7	%
Total operating expenses, net		85,412		56,731		50.6	%
Income from operations		26,539		18,577		42.9	%
Interest expense, net		302		148		104.1	%
Income before income taxes		26,237		18,429		42.4	%
Provision for income taxes		908		632		43.7	%
Net income	$	25,329	$	17,797		42.3	%

Interest expense, net.    Interest expense, net, consisted of interest expense on our revolving line of credit with our majority shareholder, EHI, and interest on automobile loans. Interest expense, net totaled $0.3 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Provision for income taxes.    Provision for income taxes increased $0.3 million, primarily due to an increase in California franchise board taxes of $0.1 million and an increase in New York City unincorporated business taxes of $0.2 million. Each of these increased as a result of an increase in our taxable income. We were not subject to U.S. federal and state corporate income tax during these periods.

Net income.    As a result of the reasons discussed above, net income was $25.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to net income of $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013.

58

Year Ended December 31, 2013, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Revenue

	For the year ended December 31,
	2013					2012
($000’s)	Revenue		% of Total Revenue			Revenue		% of Total Revenue			% Variance
Studio fees	$	62,740		83.3	%	$	30,812		85.2	%		103.6	%
Other revenue		12,568		16.7	%		5,358		14.8	%		134.6	%
Total revenue	$	75,308		100.0	%	$	36,170		100.0	%		108.2	%

Revenue.    Total revenue increased $39.1 million, or 108.2%, to $75.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $36.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Same studio sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 of $42.4 million increased 22.3% compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 of $34.7 million. Increased revenue from new studios contributed $31.3 million.

Studio fees, which represented 83.3% of our total revenue, increased $31.9 million, or 103.6%, to $62.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, compared to $30.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in studio fees was attributable to an increase in number of rides and average price per ride.

Other revenue increased $7.2 million, or 134.6%, to $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. Other revenue primarily includes sales of clothing, accessories and beverages and shoe rental revenue. Other revenue increased due to the opening of new studios and an increase in riders at existing studios.

Operating expenses

	For the year ended December 31,
($000’s)	2013		2012		% Variance
Compensation and related	$	28,227	$	14,979		88.4	%
General and administrative		14,972		7,392		102.5	%
Rent and occupancy		6,053		2,829		114.0	%
Depreciation and amortization		3,334		1,150		189.9	%
Retail cost of sales		4,145		1,975		109.9	%
Total operating expenses, net	$	56,731	$	28,325		100.3	%

Compensation and related.    Compensation and related expenses were $28.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $13.2 million, or 88.4%, from $15.0 million in 2012. As a percentage of revenue, compensation and related expenses decreased 3.9%, to 37.5% from 41.4% for the comparable period. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to a decrease in average instructor pay rates from the year ended December 31, 2012 which resulted from compensation at lower rates in connection with new studio expansion.

General and administrative.    General and administrative expenses were $15.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.6 million or 102.5%, from $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. General and administrative expenses increased primarily as a result of new studio openings. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased to 19.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013, from 20.4% in the prior year.

59

Rent and occupancy.    Rent and occupancy expense was $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.3 million or 114.0%, from $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to additional rent and related expenses incurred in connection with our new openings. As a percentage of revenue, rent and occupancy expense increased to 8.0% for the year ended December 31, 2013 from 7.8% in the prior year. The increase as a percentage of revenue was primarily driven by an increase in rent and occupancy due to acquiring additional corporate office space to accommodate growth.

Depreciation and amortization.    Depreciation and amortization expense was $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.1 million, or 189.9%, from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in depreciation expense resulting from leasehold improvements and new equipment for our new studio openings. As a percentage of revenue, depreciation and amortization increased to 4.4% from 3.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Retail cost of sales. Retail cost of sales was $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $2.1 million or 109.9% from $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to an increase in cost of sales relative to an increase in retail sales.

Total operating expenses, net.    Total operating expenses, net, were $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $28.4 million or 100.3%, from $28.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. As a percentage of revenue, operating expenses decreased to 75.3% in 2013 from 78.3% in the prior year. The decrease as a percentage of revenue was primarily due to a decrease in compensation and related expenses as a percentage of revenue.

Net income

	For the year ended December 31,
($000’s)	2013		2012		% Variance
Total revenue	$	75,308	$	36,170		108.2	%
Total operating expenses, net		56,731		28,325		100.3	%
Income from operations		18,577		7,845		136.8	%
Interest expense, net		148		8		—	%
Income before income taxes		18,429		7,837		135.2	%
Provision for income taxes		632		214		195.3	%
Net income	$	17,797	$	7,623		133.5	%

Interest expense, net.    Interest expense, net, consisted of interest expense on our revolving line of credit with our majority equityholder, EHI, and interest on automobile loans. Interest expense, net, totaled $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Provision for income taxes.    Provision for income taxes increased $0.4 million, resulting from an increase in New York City unincorporated business taxes of $0.4 million as a result of an increase in our taxable income. We were not subject to U.S. federal and state corporate income tax during these periods.

Net income.    As a result of the reasons discussed above, net income was $17.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to net income of $7.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012.

60

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, we have satisfied our liquidity needs primarily through cash generated from operations and, if necessary, our revolving line of credit with EHI prior to our conversion, and our revolver subsequent to our conversion. See “—Credit Agreements.” Our principal liquidity needs include capital expenditures for the development of new studios and other capital expenditures necessary to improve existing studios, primarily leasehold improvements and additional furniture and fixtures.

Based upon our current level of operations, we believe that our cash balance on hand following the application of the proceeds of this offering, our cash flow from operations and our ability to draw on a line of credit available under a new credit agreement, which we expect to have in place on or before the closing of this offering, will be adequate to meet our short- and long-term liquidity requirements. We estimate that each studio opening requires a cash outlay of between $2.0 million and $2.5 million, depending on size and location.

We utilize operating lease arrangements for all of our studios. We believe that our operating lease arrangements continue to provide the appropriate leverage for our capital structure in a financially efficient manner. Because we lease all of the properties related to our studios, as well as our corporate office, we do not have any debt that is secured by real property.

Selected Cash Flow Data

The following table and discussion presents, for the periods indicated, a summary of certain cash flow data from operating, investing and financing activities.

	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014			2014			2013			2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Provided by operating activities	$	25,598		$	17,934		$	39,741		$	27,975		$	13,138
Used in investing activities		(26,669	)		(15,075	)		(34,911	)		(26,408	)		(13,234	)
(Used in) provided by financing activities		(862	)		(2,189	)		(3,725	)		688			(504	)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(1,933	)		670			1,105			2,255			(600	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		5,762			4,657			4,657			2,402			3,002
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	3,829		$	5,327		$	5,762		$	4,657		$	2,402

Six Months Ended June 30, 2015, Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2014

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $25.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 as compared to $17.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The increase is primarily due to changes in accounts payable and accrued expenses and an increase in income from operations before non-cash charges for the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2014 as a result of an increase in the number of our studios.

Net cash used in investing activities

Primarily as a result of our studio expansions, we invested $26.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 as compared to $15.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The $26.7 million

61

and $15.1 million used in investing activities is comprised of capital expenditures for our studio renovations and new locations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. We expect to continue investing in capital expenditures in accordance with our expansion strategy.

Net cash used in financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2014. The net cash used in financing activities for the six months ended June 30, 2015 was the result of the net impact of our borrowings under our credit agreement and equity contributions offset by member distributions and payment of the previous EHI revolver. See “—Credit Agreements.” In the prior year, the net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to $2.2 million drawn on our previous EHI revolver during the six months ended June 30, 2014 to fund capital expenditures during that period.

Year Ended December 31, 2014, Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2013

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $39.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase was primarily due to an increase in income from operations before non-cash charges for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of an increase in our studios.

Net cash used in investing activities

Primarily as a result of our studio expansions, we invested $34.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The $34.9 million and $26.4 million used in investing activities is comprised of capital expenditures for our studio renovations and new locations for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013. We expect to continue investing in capital expenditures in accordance with our expansion strategy.

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The change was primarily due to a net $3.0 million draw on our revolving line of credit with EHI for the year ended December 31, 2013. No net cash was drawn for the year ended December 31, 2014. In addition, there was an increase of $1.4 million in member distributions resulting from an increase in distributable income.

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2012

Net cash provided by operating activities

Net cash provided by operating activities was $28.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $13.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to an increase in income from operations before non-cash charges for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to the year ended December 31, 2012 as a result of an increase in our studios.

62

Net cash used in investing activities

Primarily as a result of our studio expansions, we invested $26.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to $13.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The $26.4 million and $13.2 million used in investing activities is comprised of capital expenditures for our studio locations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. We expect to continue investing in capital expenditures in accordance with our expansion strategy.

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013 as compared to net cash used in financing activities of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. The change was primarily due to a net $3.0 million draw on our revolving line of credit with EHI for the year ended December 31, 2013 compared to $0.8 million drawn for the year ended December 31, 2012, offset by an increase of $1.1 million in member distributions resulting from an increase in distributable income.

Credit Agreements

Credit Agreement

On May 15, 2015, SCH entered into a credit agreement with various commercial bank lenders, to which we succeeded upon the conversion. Our credit agreement provides us with a $165.0 million term loan and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility. We borrowed the full $165.0 million term loan and $4.0 million from the revolving credit facility to partially fund the redemption payments to our founders and their family trusts, as more fully described in “The Formation Transactions.” As of June 30, 2015, the outstanding principal balances under our term loan and revolving credit facility were $165.0 million and $10.0 million, respectively, and each bears interest at the Bank of America prime rate of 3.25%, plus 3.5%. The outstanding borrowings become due and payable upon the closing of this offering and will be repaid with the proceeds of this offering and financing obtained under a new credit agreement we expect to enter into on or before the closing of this offering.

Borrowings under our credit agreement are secured, subject to permitted liens and other agreed upon exceptions, by a first-priority lien on, and perfected security interest in, substantially all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets. In addition, our subsidiaries entered into a guaranty, pursuant to which they agreed to guarantee our obligations under the credit agreement. Our credit agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary events of default, as well as certain affirmative and negative financial covenants, including restrictions concerning the incurrence of indebtedness and liens, mergers, consolidations and acquisitions, sales of assets, the conduct of our business, investments, dividends, redemptions and distributions and affiliated transactions. Our credit agreement contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain a total leverage ratio according to a specified schedule which, as of June 30, 2015, is set at 4.75:1. It also requires that we maintain an interest coverage ratio of 3.75:1.

We expect our new credit agreement will provide us with financing sufficient to repay the outstanding borrowings due under our current credit agreement and provide an additional source of financing for use in our operations.

Revolving Line of Credit

EHI previously agreed to lend us cash on a revolving and unsecured basis to fund ongoing capital expenditures, which we refer to as our EHI revolver. Our EHI revolver was repaid in full on May 13, 2015 and EHl’s obligation to lend terminated on May 15, 2015. Borrowings under our EHI revolver bore interest at 6.6%, EHI’s cost of capital.

63

At each of December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the outstanding borrowings under our EHI revolver were $3.8 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of June 30, 2015, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, except for operating leases entered into in the normal course of business.

Contractual Obligations

The following table and discussion presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2014.

($000’s)	Total		2015		2016-2017		2018-2019		Thereafter
Operating lease obligations	$	145,041	$	10,031	$	24,547	$	25,687	$	84,776
EHI revolver	$	3,750		—		—		—	$	3,750

As described in the “—Credit Agreement” above, on May 15, 2015, we entered into a credit agreement providing for a term loan of $165.0 million and a revolving credit facility of $25.0 million.

As described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Deferred Tax Distributions,” we have a payment obligation to EHI of approximately $17.0 million to satisfy EHI’s deferred tax distribution claim.

Our EHI revolver was paid in full on May 13, 2015.

We also enter into purchase commitments related to retail, equipment, construction and other service-related arrangements that occur in the normal course of business. Such commitments are excluded from the above table, as they are typically short-term in nature and are not material as of December 31, 2014.

Other long-term liabilities excluded from the above table include non-cash obligations for deferred rent. In addition, other unrecorded obligations that have been excluded from the contractual obligations table include contingent rent payments, property taxes, insurance payments and common area maintenance costs.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.

64

Income Taxes

Prior to our incorporation on May 15, 2015, we were a limited liability company and were treated as a partnership for federal, state and local income tax purposes; however, we were subject to city unincorporated business tax and state and partnership taxes. Our earnings were included in the income tax returns of our members. Our conversion to a corporation on May 15, 2015 resulted in a change in our tax status and the recognition of a one-time net tax benefit of $74.3 million for tax basis differentials between EHI and SCI, including $76.0 million resulting directly from the Redemption-Related Transactions. The one-time net tax benefit calculation involved the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe to be reasonable. Changes in our interpretation of tax laws and the resolution of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amount of the net tax benefit recorded in our consolidated financial statements. Effective on the date of conversion, we began to utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. Management makes estimates, assumptions and judgments to determine our provision for (benefit from) income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances recorded against our deferred tax assets. We assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe that recovery is not likely, we must establish a valuation allowance.

The calculation of our current provision for (benefit from) income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. Although we believe our estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or our interpretation of tax laws and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in our consolidated financial statements.

The calculation of our deferred taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. Actual future operating results and the underlying amount and type of income could differ materially from our estimates, assumptions and judgments thereby impacting our financial position and results of operations.

We did not have any uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

Share-based Compensation

We account for share-based compensation activity using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on estimated fair values. This method requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation on the date of grant using an option pricing model. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure share-based compensation. The Black-Scholes model determines the fair value of share-based payment awards based on the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the share-based awards represent management judgment. As a result, if factors change and different assumptions are used, the share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Compensation expense relating to employee share-based awards is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period and included in compensation and related in our consolidated statements of operations.

65

Share-based awards issued to non-employees are accounted for at fair value. We believe that the fair value of the awards is more reliably measured than the fair value of services received. We record compensation expense based on the then-current fair values of the share-based awards at each financial reporting date. Compensation recorded during the service period is adjusted in subsequent periods for changes in the share-based award’s fair value until the earlier of the date at which the non-employee’s performance is complete or a performance commitment is reached, which is generally when the stock option award vests. Compensation expense relating to non-employee share-based awards is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period in our consolidated statement of operations.

Determining the fair value of share-based awards on the grant date requires the use of estimates and assumptions, including the fair value of our common stock, expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and dividend rate. We estimate the expected volatility of our stock options by taking the average historical and implied volatility of a group of comparable publicly traded companies over a period equal to the expected life of the options. Since we have undergone significant operational and structural changes, we do not have the historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected life. As a result, we used the simplified method, as provided under ASC 718-10, to calculate the expected term estimate based on the options vesting term and contractual terms. The risk-free interest rate is the estimated average interest rate based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon notes with terms consistent with the expected term of the awards. The expected dividend yield is zero, as we do not anticipate paying any recurring cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We estimate the forfeiture rate of our share-based awards based on an analysis of our actual forfeitures, analysis of employee turnover and other factors. The impact from a forfeiture rate adjustment would be recognized in full in the period in which the forfeiture rate changes and, if the actual number of future forfeitures differs from our prior estimates, we may be required to record adjustments to share-based compensation expense in future periods.

Valuation of Common Stock

The valuation of our common stock was determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. We considered objective and subjective factors to determine our best estimate of the fair value of our common stock, including our recent membership unit sale transaction as part of the Redemption-Related Transactions, which was consummated at arm’s-length. This transaction provided an enterprise value for the Company. The fair value of our common stock was determined to be $524.35 per share, which represents the enterprise value, as indicated by the transaction, less debt, plus cash and cash equivalents included in our consolidated balance sheet as of the grant date, divided by shares outstanding.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to interest rate risk through fluctuations in interest rates on our debt obligations. Borrowings under our credit agreement carry interest at a floating rate. We seek to manage exposure to adverse interest rate changes through our normal operating and financing activities. As of June 30, 2015, we had $175.0 million in outstanding borrowings under our credit agreement.

Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012

We chose to “opt out” of the provision of the JOBS Act that permits us, as an “emerging growth company,” to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised

66

accounting standards applicable to public companies. As a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. Our decision to opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected unaudited financial data for each of the ten quarters prior to and including the three months ended June 30, 2015. The selected unaudited quarterly data includes all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the information presented. This information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Operating results for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full fiscal year.

	2015				2014								2013
Financial Data: ($000’s)	Second Quarter		First Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter		Fourth Quarter		Third Quarter		Second Quarter		First Quarter
Total Revenue	$	39,525	$	34,832	$	33,311	$	28,877	$	26,970	$	22,793	$	20,784	$	20,994	$	18,569	$	14,961
Income from operations	$	7,303	$	8,570	$	6,162	$	7,381	$	7,289	$	5,707	$	1,777	$	5,868	$	6,046	$	4,886

67

BUSINESS

Founded on the belief that fitness should be inspiring, SoulCycle is a rapidly growing lifestyle brand that strives to empower our riders in an immersive fitness experience. With inspirational coaching and high-energy music, SoulCycle was created to strengthen both the mind and the body. Our goal is to change a typically solitary activity to an inspiring and collective experience.

Our founders, Elizabeth Cutler and Julie Rice, were introduced at a lunch ten years ago and quickly realized they shared a similar vision about the changing role of fitness in our society of over-programmed, always-connected consumers. Traditionally, exercise was viewed as a chore, a box that needed to be checked. We believe that fitness should be joyful, inspiring and help people connect with their true and best selves.

In April 2006, SoulCycle was born in the rear lobby of a former dance studio found on Craigslist, and became an instant hit. What started as a single, 31-bike indoor cycling studio on the Upper West Side of New York City has transformed into a high growth lifestyle brand that, as of June 30, 2015, comprised a community of over 324,000 unique riders who created a discrete online account and attended a paid or complimentary class, in 44 studios across the United States and with social media followers around the world. We believe SoulCycle is leading the global trend towards healthy living and a lifelong quest for meaning, wellness and personal growth.

At SoulCycle, our riders feed off the group’s shared energy and motivation to push themselves to their greatest potential and obtain a deep sense of personal achievement. In a world full of routines, we aim to awaken purpose, possibility and potential. With a motivational workout, a beautiful environment and outstanding personalized customer service, we believe each class can be a transformative experience leading to healthier decisions, relationships and lives. We build a community amongst our riders that we believe enhances our brand and reinforces our customer loyalty.

Though our cycling rooms are digital-free, technology and innovation have always been the backbone of our business. In 2006, our founders created one of the first online reservation systems for fitness classes, which allows our riders to reserve classes for the upcoming week. This reservation system has created a frenzied experience on “Monday at Noon” when approximately 30% of our weekly rides are selected within 15 minutes. Our innovation extends to our proprietary bike and our branded retail line of apparel, which is not only a significant source of revenue, but we believe also serves as a badge of pride for our riders and tremendous awareness generator for our brand. Innovation is our way of doing business.

Our community’s passion for our brand has helped us to deliver strong financial and operating performance, as illustrated by the following:

• Expanded studio count from 12 studios in 2012 to 36 studios in 2014, representing a compounded annual growth rate “CAGR” of 73%;

• Increased classes conducted and rides from approximately 25,000 and 969,000 in 2012 to over 81,000 classes and 2.9 million rides in 2014;

• Expanded total revenue from $36.2 million in 2012 to $112.0 million in 2014, representing a CAGR of 76%;

• Increased Adjusted EBITDA from $11.2 million in 2012 to $35.7 million in 2014, representing a CAGR of 78% and an Adjusted EBITDA Margin of 32% in 2014; and

• Increased income from operations from $7.8 million in 2012 to $26.5 million in 2014.

For a reconciliation of income from operations to Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, see “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” in this prospectus.

68

Our Soul

We Aspire to Inspire.    Our mission is to bring Soul to the people. SoulCycle instructors guide riders through an inspirational, meditative fitness experience designed to benefit the body, mind and soul. Set in a dark, candlelit room to high-energy music, our riders move in unison as a pack to the beat, and follow the cues and choreography of the instructor. The experience is tribal. It is primal. And it is fun.

Our classes follow a signature format, yet every SoulCycle experience is unique. Produced to engage every single rider, each carefully curated “cardio party” is fueled by the personalities of our instructors, their uniquely crafted musical playlists and the energy of the room. The signature class includes approximately 35–40 minutes of riding, a five to eight minute upper-body strength series using hand weights and a three minute cool-down stretch. During the class, the instructor leads the rider on an emotional journey that runs parallel to the physical workout. We believe the combination of the physical, musical and emotional aspects of the ride leaves riders inspired and connected to both the brand and the community. Based on the impact we’ve had on our riders’ physical and mental well-being, we believe SoulCycle is more than a business, it’s a movement.

Your Soul Matters.    We are a “culture of yes.” Our core values are service and hospitality. We believe every ride matters; every rider matters. Since we opened our first studio, our focus has been to provide personalized and consistent customer service while creating community for our riders. All of our employees complete initial, as well as ongoing, hospitality training at our “Soul University” to ensure exceptional service across the organization. We empower our managers to treat their studio as their own business and believe this helps foster the entrepreneurial culture upon which we were founded. We care, we work hard and we work together as a team. We encourage our teams to ride as much as they can, as we believe that motivated, engaged and well-trained employees are the key to cultivating our rider communities. We invest considerably in celebrating our teams through programs (such as weekly “SOULccolade”) that reward hard work, creativity, resourcefulness and actions that embody the culture and spirit of our brand.

Pack. Tribe. Community.    At SoulCycle, our riders feed off the group’s shared energy and motivation to push themselves to their greatest potential. In becoming part of our community, our riders are instilled with greater awareness of not only their bodies but also their emotions. We believe this awareness leads to healthier decisions, relationships and lives. We are not a business that values only transactions, rather we create a community that cultivates and sustains relationships. Our immersive culture of inspiration and empowerment contributes to the engaged and connected rider base in each of our studios.

69

What Sets SoulCycle Apart

We believe the following strengths define our lifestyle brand positioning and are key drivers of our success:

Our SOUL: An aspirational lifestyle brand.    Great brands often begin with an authentic and powerful origin story, and at SoulCycle, we created a radically innovative business that has resonated with consumers and the press since day one. We believe SoulCycle ignited the boutique fitness category and remains the industry’s defining brand as demonstrated by the number of rides and our riders’ engagement with our brand.

From the beginning, SoulCycle has attracted a following that includes business leaders, social influencers and celebrities who were drawn to the idea of an elevated, meditative fitness experience. The explosive growth of our brand is fueled by an ever-expanding core of passionate fans who develop a powerful, emotional connection to SoulCycle and are proud to act as Soul evangelists spreading the word to friends, family and followers. We believe the distinctive SoulCycle experience creates passion and loyalty and generates tremendous word-of-mouth brand awareness, fueling our growth.

Our riders arrive early and stay after class to socialize with their fellow riders, the studio teams and instructors. Riders voraciously consume, comment on and share content from our blog and social media channels. SoulCycle apparel has become the uniform of choice both inside and outside the studios. Our silver retail bags can be found in airports, on street corners and in households across the country. We do not have a target demographic because at SoulCycle, ANYONE can be an Athlete, a Legend, a Warrior, a Renegade or a Rockstar. It is the place people come, regardless of their age, athletic ability, size, shape, profession or personality, to connect with their best selves.

In 2014, SoulCycle had over 10,000 unsolicited print and online press placements across local and national news outlets, including publications ranging from The New York Times and The Wall Street Journal to current events and fashion periodicals such as Vanity Fair and Vogue. Furthermore, SoulCycle was included in television programs covering topics ranging from news to pop culture with features in The Colbert Report, The Tonight Show Starring Jimmy Fallon and the prime time show NCIS.

We have been recognized as being an innovative force both within our industry and beyond, including our being voted one of the World’s Top 10 Most Innovative Companies in Fitness by Fast Company in 2013, and rated the sixth most influential brand on Twitter at the most recent Consumer Electronics Show.

We believe our riders’ engagement with our brand will continue to attract new riders and allow us to maintain what we believe to be our leading, industry-defining position based on the number of rides and the popularity of our brand.

What we provide: A one-of-a-kind fitness experience that inspires and delights.    Our focus is to change people’s relationship with exercise by creating a workout that doesn’t feel like WORK. We have accomplished this by consistently delivering an elevated fitness experience that is physically efficient and challenging, spiritually uplifting and above all else, FUN, paired with our focus on offering welcoming and personal service at every touchpoint.

SoulCycle is carefully curated to be different from a gym or a typical fitness experience. Visitors are greeted with a smile by our front desk staff, inspired to open themselves to the possibility of change by our instructors and embraced and encouraged by our community of riders. After the 45-minute journey, riders stay connected to the brand through conversations on our digital and mobile platforms. For many of our riders, SoulCycle is not about how much weight they can lose, rather, it’s about letting go, turning inward and finding the strength to meet life’s daily challenges, overcome obstacles and break through. SoulCycle isn’t in the business of changing bodies: it’s in the business of changing lives.

70

Our pioneering pay-per-class model is a key motivating factor: every time our customers step into one of our studios, they are making a choice to be there. We therefore consider ourselves obligated to ensure that riders enjoy and find value in each and every studio visit and interaction with our brand. Our studios currently average 72,000 rides per week and 30% of our weekly rides are reserved within the first 15 minutes of availability in the frenzied “Monday at noon” experience when riders can select classes for the upcoming week.

What we create: A community for our riders.    SoulCycle is a business built on relationships. It starts with our leadership and extends through our studio teams, instructors and corporate employees.

Each SoulCycle studio represents a unique community with a distinct personality and flavor. Community building begins well before the doors to each studio open. Our local studio, instructor and marketing teams create awareness and excitement for the brand and attract new riders via grassroots marketing outreach to influencers, businesses, charitable organizations and schools in the community. We deploy a diverse toolkit of marketing strategies and events to appeal to a diverse, cross-generational audience of women and men.

We build our rider communities by developing relationships with our riders and encouraging them to develop relationships with each other every day. The concept of community and mutual support is reinforced in every single SoulCycle class. We ride to the rhythm of the music, moving on the bikes together as a pack. We are accountable to one another during class, and we celebrate our journey together when class comes to a close. We believe the SoulCycle experience fosters loyal communities of riders whose relationships extend well beyond the doors of our studios.

Our physical studio communities are complemented by rapidly growing digital communities that include SoulCycle riders and those who have never ridden in our studios but connect with the SoulCycle lifestyle. As of December 31, 2014, SoulCycle’s social media presence included over 70,000 Instagram followers, 53,000 Facebook fans, 36,000 Twitter followers and 18,000 Spotify followers driven by the approximately 235,000 unique riders who experienced SoulCycle in 2014.

We believe the community we create is essential to the inspiration of the brand and our engagement with our riders.

How we do it: Invest in scaling our empowered instructor and studio teams.    We are truly in the people business and place our instructors and studio teams at the core of our culture. We are intentional about hiring people who genuinely care about others, and who show the capacity to cultivate and sustain meaningful relationships. In hiring our studio teams, we value positivity and problem solving. Our instructor scouting team is always identifying and recruiting charismatic fitness professionals to audition for our eight-week proprietary training program.

At SoulCycle, we have created full-time careers for our instructors, which we believe is unique in the fitness industry. Our instructors teach indoor cycling only at SoulCycle and receive an attractive compensation and benefits package. We want our instructors to feel like they have a real career path at SoulCycle and believe this is a key differentiator versus competitors in the fitness industry.

Our overall training philosophy provides “freedom within a framework” to create structure, but not limit creativity and entrepreneurialism, as we believe empowered employees are the most engaged. In addition to our eight-week instructor training program, we have created “Soul University” with over 45 proprietary training programs to scale the distinctive culture and service of our studio operation.

We believe our instructors and studio teams are not only integral to the class experience, but also core to our brand’s culture and community.

71

What the numbers say: Highly attractive financial profile and unit economic returns.    Based on our premium and personalized experience, we grew the number of our studios by 44% to 36 in 2014. We believe SoulCycle is portable across markets, as demonstrated by our national presence. The size and layout of our studios are also flexible, as our studios generally range between 2,000 and 5,500 square feet. On average, in 2014, our studios opened prior to 2014 generated annual studio revenue of $4 million and Studio Contribution Margin of 55%. We target Studio Contribution Margins in the year of maturity for new urban studios of approximately 46% and payback periods of approximately two years, and for new suburban studios of approximately 50% and payback periods of approximately three years. Our compelling unit economics, combined with our focus on profitable growth, help drive an Adjusted EBITDA Margin greater than 30%. We also generate strong Free Cash Flows.

Who we are: An inspired and passionate management team.    Our company is led by our chief executive officer, Melanie Whelan. Drawing from her prior management experience with Equinox, the Virgin Group and Starwood Hotels & Resorts, Ms. Whelan has helped lead SoulCycle’s growth since 2012 by managing and scaling the 44-studio field operation as well as overseeing all corporate functions. Our founders, Elizabeth Cutler and Julie Rice, who serve as our co-chief creative officers, have been recognized by multiple third parties as leading innovators and as the creators of one of the most influential brands. Our chief financial officer, Larry M. Segall, a member of SCH’s board of managers since 2011, recently joined us from Equinox, having served as its chief financial officer over the past 10 years, a position where he was directly responsible for the oversight of all aspects of our financial, accounting and administrative functions.

SoulCycle’s Growth Strategy

Key elements to our growth strategy are:

Expanding our studio base.    We believe that new studio openings present one of the greatest opportunities to continue to drive growth. Since opening our first studio in 2006, we have expanded significantly and as of June 30, 2015, operate 44 studios across eight metropolitan areas. We believe there is significant whitespace to continue expanding in both existing and new U.S. markets, with both urban and suburban locations and a long-term opportunity to grow our current SoulCycle domestic footprint to at least 250 studios. We have a disciplined site selection process and employ rigorous analytics to identify new studio locations in attractive markets. We opened 11 new studios in 2014 and 13 studios in 2013. Over the past several years, we have invested in our infrastructure and personnel and believe that our company is well-positioned to open at least 10 to 15 new studios per year for the next several years. In addition, we believe that the SoulCycle brand can be successfully transported abroad, as demonstrated by international recognition and social media followers, which would represent growth incremental to our planned domestic footprint.

Optimizing our market presence.    Given the passion and loyalty with our current community and growing brand awareness in circles outside our footprint, we believe there is an opportunity to optimize our market presence as measured by rides per day. We have several initiatives underway to both attract new riders and increase the frequency of rides by our existing community. Such initiatives include “clustering” of new studios in existing markets to further increase brand awareness, increasing engagement through targeted messaging and our website and enhancing the in-studio experience through amenity and technology-based service programs. The SoulCycle community is committed, engaged and outsized given our 44 studio footprint as of June 30, 2015.

Growing the SoulCycle community.    We continue to grow the SoulCycle community through our grassroots marketing initiatives, our digital and social customer engagement programs and our corporate social responsibility activities. This strong engagement with our community elicits inspiring rider testimonials, which are published on our website and attracted approximately 11.0 million visits in 2014. In April 2015, we launched our SoulCycle app, which received approximately 26,000 downloads in the

72

first 24 hours and was listed in the #6 position in the iTunes App Store for “Best New Apps” following its launch and was the top Featured App in the “Health and Fitness” category. As part of our hospitality-focused culture, we maintain continual dialogue with our riders through our “Your Soul Matters” team, responding to 50,000 rider emails annually, and our Twitter feed, which primarily consists of conversations: riders actively reaching out and receiving an immediate response in real-time. On Twitter, our followers increased by 66% in 2014, while our highly engaged social media team maintained a Twitter engagement rate of approximately 93% in 2014. Twitter engagement is a measure of how well we communicate and interact with our Twitter audience that looks at conversations we have with other users in relation to tweets we send to all of our followers. We will continue to increase our social media presence through Instagram, Facebook, Twitter and Spotify as part of our relentless commitment to customer service. By hosting fundraising and community building rides sponsored by our riders, we raised over $2.0 million for a variety of philanthropic organizations in 2014. We welcome the opportunity to give back to our communities by creating impactful experiences for their charitable organizations. The meaningful community interactions across our digital platforms and our corporate social responsibility initiatives nurture the continued growth of our brand.

Brand extension opportunities.    We believe we can continue to extend and monetize the SoulCycle brand beyond the walls of our studios primarily in the areas of retail and digital content.

Retail

Our branded retail line of apparel, sourced from a selective assortment of premium brands, strengthens rider engagement and allows us to garner a larger share of riders’ spend. We unveil a new, limited production, retail collection every month to generate excitement about the latest product as well as an urgency to purchase these latest offerings given their limited availability. Our line was recently featured in Women’s Wear Daily, Self and LuckyShops. We believe there is a considerable opportunity to expand our retail brand going forward.

Digital

We believe a clear opportunity exists to expand our digital platform with content created or curated by our world-renowned instructor talent. Additionally, we believe there is also an opportunity to expand SoulCycle class content to an “at-home” audience. We intend to explore these brand extension opportunities going forward.

Our Studios

As of June 30, 2015, our studio footprint included 44 locations nationally in eight metropolitan areas. Each studio is a destination within its urban or suburban community. Our studios are predominantly located on the first floor with highly visible exteriors, prominently displaying the SoulCycle logo, the yellow SoulCycle Wheel. We also have studios located in select seasonal locations, such as the Hamptons.

In 2014, our average studio comprised approximately 3,700 square feet. We are committed to providing our riders with an inviting and inspiring studio environment. The interior of the studio features a front desk, a retail display, a locker area, restrooms and the cycling room and has branded vinyl throughout. When riders arrive at our studios, they check in at the front desk, where they can rent shoes, purchase bottled water and are offered complementary amenities such as hair ties, chewing gum and ear plugs. The retail display features SoulCycle premium apparel and accessories available for purchase. The cycling room generally has a front wall covered with mirrors and rows of bikes that surround the instructor and our SoulCycle mantra. The instructor is stationed at the front of the room on a podium, custom designed to accommodate additional in-room amenities such as weights, towels and gel seats, with candles around the bike. All of our studios incorporate state-of-the-art sound systems to support our class experience.

73

The following studio list shows the number of studios operated in the U.S. as of June 30, 2015.

Market	Number of Studios
New York City		14
New York Metro(1)		12
Southern California		8
Northern California		5
Washington D.C. Metro		2
Boston Metro		1
Southern Florida		1
Chicago		1
Total		44

⁽¹⁾  New York Metro includes studios located on Long Island and in Westchester County, New York, and in Connecticut and New Jersey.

Studio Expansion and Site Selection

We opened our first studio on New York City’s Upper West Side in 2006, and we have expanded our studio base to other locations in New York City, suburban locations around New York City, Los Angeles, San Francisco and most recently Boston, Washington D.C., Miami and Chicago. We operate 44 studios as of June 30, 2015. Over the next few years, our new studio growth will be balanced between adding studios within existing core markets and entering new markets, in both urban and suburban locations. We intend to open at least 10 to 15 new studios per year for the next several years.

We have adopted a disciplined, highly analytical approach to selecting studio locations. We seek to open studios in locations that support the brand image, targeting street locations that have good visibility and ease of access. We target locations based on market characteristics, demographic and psychographic characteristics, including income and education levels and the presence of key retailers, restaurants and/or corporations, population density and other key characteristics.

When opening new studios, we target investment levels and returns that are in line with what we have experienced with our historical new studio openings. For new urban studios, we target an investment of approximately $2.3 million per studio, annual revenue in the year of maturity of approximately $3.5 million, Studio Contribution Margin in the year of maturity of approximately 46% and payback periods of approximately two years. For new suburban studios, we target an investment of approximately $2.2 million per studio, annual revenue in the year of maturity of approximately $2.6 million, Studio Contribution Margin in the year of maturity of approximately 50% and payback periods of approximately three years. Our studios typically reach maturity in the second year of continuous operation.

Our Digital Platform

In 2006, our founders created one of the first online reservation systems for fitness classes, which allows our riders to reserve classes one week in advance. Our digital platform is comprised of our website, www.soul-cycle.com, and our recently-launched SoulCycle app, which allows our riders to buy and reserve classes from their phones. Across our website, app and social media, our digital community content and eCommerce platform cultivate our community, extending our brand and rider engagement beyond the studio.

Both our website and app feature our class schedules for each of our locations and profiles for each of our instructors. We aim to replicate the inspiration that our in-studio experience offers through a community section of the website that shows stories, pictures and tweets from our loyal following

74

base. Our digital platform is important to the overall experience, as riders use our website and app to discover our classes, familiarize themselves with our instructors, reserve their bikes and engage with our brand. Through our digital platform, we offer theme rides and seasonal programming to help drive traffic to our studios, such as “Movember,” “TurkeyBurn,” “December is the New January” and “ReSOULution.”

Marketing

We use a grassroots marketing strategy to build brand awareness and drive riders to our studios. Before a new studio opens, we create excitement for our brand by engaging directly in the communities around our studios through our brand evangelists. Our brand evangelists reach out to businesses, charities and schools in the community. We use different marketing strategies and promotions to appeal to both women and men as well as a broad age group. It is our rider experience that drives word-of-mouth marketing, which encourages new riders to try SoulCycle. As part of marketing the brand, we offer new riders the opportunity to try a SoulCycle class at a reduced price. We also offer a branded retail line of apparel which we believe serves as a badge of honor for our riders and generates tremendous awareness of our brand.

We maintain an active social media program and have developed a strong presence on various social media platforms with a total following base as of December 31, 2014 of over 177,000, including over 70,000 Instagram followers, 53,000 Facebook fans, 36,000 Twitter followers and 18,000 Spotify followers. In addition, we take a proactive approach to public relations through national, local and trade media outlets. In 2014, SoulCycle was referenced in 10,335 press stories.

Sourcing and Manufacturing

Our proprietary bike is specifically designed to optimize the SoulCycle workout and produced to our specifications by a third-party vendor. We source apparel and related products from other third-party vendors as well. The bikes are developed in conjunction with a third-party design group and are manufactured exclusively for SoulCycle. To ensure that we continue to provide our riders with the best experience possible, our team works closely with our suppliers to incorporate innovative elements for the SoulCycle bike and ensure that the retail products meet our specifications. Our bikes include characteristics such as an innovative frame design, dual binding pedals that are the most advanced high performance pedals used on any indoor cycle in the market, a split seat, custom weight holders and a resistance knob that depicts the SoulCycle Wheel.

For our apparel line, we maintain approximately 30 vendor relationships and actively seek new vendor partners. All of our retail products are manufactured by third parties. Three of our vendors accounted for 63% of our retail sales for the six months ended June 30, 2015.

Management Information Systems

Our management information systems provide a full range of business process support to our studios, our studio operations and support center teams. We believe our systems provide us with enhanced operational efficiencies, scalability, increased management control and timely reporting that allow us to identify and respond to trends in our business.

Our Competition

We compete with other cycling-oriented competitors, general health and fitness clubs, private studios, amenity and condominium clubs and, to a certain extent, the home-use fitness equipment

75

industry that offer or make available cycling alternatives. The fitness industry is highly fragmented and we face competition from individual boutique fitness studios. We believe that we successfully compete on the basis of our differentiated fitness experience and our premium brand. Additionally, we believe that our culture of service and our focus on community differentiates us from our competitors and allows us to strengthen customer loyalty.

Employees

As of June 30, 2015, SoulCycle had approximately 1,377 employees, of whom approximately 270 are instructors, 203 are corporate personnel and 904 are studio employees. None of our employees are currently covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We have had no labor-related work stoppages and we believe our relations with our employees are very good.

The recruitment and training of our employees and the consistency and quality of the service they deliver are central to the SoulCycle experience. We invest extensive resources into the initial and ongoing training of our instructors and all studio staff. Given the importance of our instructors, we are highly selective in accepting new trainees.

Property

Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at 609 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10014. We also lease a 5,225 square foot bike warehouse facility in Brooklyn, New York under a lease that expires in 2020.

Legal Proceedings

We are, from time to time, subject to claims and suits arising in the ordinary course of business. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on our financial position or on our results of operations.

Intellectual Property

We regard intellectual property and other proprietary rights as important to our success. We own 18 trademarks that have been registered in the United States and abroad. Also, the SoulCycle wall mantra that appears in each SoulCycle studio is protected under U.S. copyright law. In addition, we own 189 domain names, including soul-cycle.com. We may license to others, including SIH and its affiliates, our SoulCycle trademarked designs, logos and phrases. Any license to SIH or its affiliates will be reviewed by our audit committee in accordance with our related person policy. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Policies Regarding Related Party Transactions.”

We also rely upon trade secrets and know-how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including enforcing trademark and trade secret laws, as well as utilizing confidentiality agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information.

We must constantly protect against any infringement by competitors. If a competitor infringes on our trademark rights, we regularly take action to protect our rights, which could result in litigation, in which case, we may incur significant expenses and divert significant attention from our business operations.

76

MANAGEMENT

Our Directors and Executive Officers

Set forth below are the names, ages and positions of our directors who will continue in office following the offering, which we refer to herein as the continuing directors, executive officers, and the persons who have agreed to become directors upon the completion of this offering, whom we refer to as our director nominees.

Name	Age	Positions
Harvey J. Spevak	51	Executive Chairman of the Board and Director
Elizabeth P. Cutler	48	Founder, Co-Chief Creative Officer and Director
Julie J. Rice	45	Founder, Co-Chief Creative Officer and Director
Melanie Whelan	38	Chief Executive Officer and Director Nominee*
Larry M. Segall	60	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Stephen M. Ross(3)	75	Director Nominee*
Jeff T. Blau(2)(3)	47	Director Nominee*
Irwin Cohen(1)	74	Director Nominee*
Millard S. Drexler(3)	70	Director Nominee*
Robert L. Loverd(1)(2)	73	Director Nominee*

* Each director nominee will become a member of our board of directors prior to the closing of this offering.

⁽¹⁾ Member of audit committee

⁽²⁾ Member of compensation committee

⁽³⁾  Member of nominating and corporate governance committee

Biographical Information

Set forth below is biographical information for such continuing directors, executive officers and director nominees.

Harvey J. Spevak has served as a member of the board of managers of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC since May 2011 and became a director of SoulCycle Inc. upon its organization in May 2015 and later that month was appointed executive chairman of the board. Mr. Spevak has been president and chief executive officer of Equinox since December 1999 after joining Equinox as president and chief operating officer and a member of its board of directors in January 1999. Mr. Spevak’s qualifications to sit on our board include his role in EHI’s acquisition of our business and the leadership he provided in overseeing the development and growth of our business and his extensive knowledge of the fitness industry gained from his position as chief executive officer of EHI.

Elizabeth P. Cutler is a founder of our company and our co-chief creative officer. Ms. Cutler served as co-chief executive officer from May 2011 until June 2015. She has served as a member of the board of managers of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC since May 2011 and became a director of SoulCycle Inc. upon its organization in May 2015. Ms. Cutler’s qualifications to sit on our board include her role as a founder and a creative force behind our business, which leaves her uniquely positioned to provide advice with respect to our culture and creative initiatives.

Julie J. Rice is a founder of our company and our co-chief creative officer. Ms. Rice served as co-chief executive officer from May 2011 until June 2015. She has served as a member of the board of managers of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC since May 2011 and became a director of SoulCycle Inc. upon its organization in May 2015. Ms. Rice’s qualifications to sit on our board include her role as a founder and a creative force behind our business, which leaves her uniquely positioned to provide advice with respect to our culture and creative initiatives.

77

Melanie Whelan was appointed our chief executive officer in June 2015 after serving as our chief operating officer since December 2014. She will become a director prior to the closing of this offering pursuant to the terms of her employment agreement. Previously, since April 2012, Ms. Whelan served as a senior officer responsible for our strategic planning and day to day operations. From January 2007 until 2012, Ms. Whelan served as vice president-business development at Equinox. Prior to joining Equinox, Ms. Whelan served as vice president-corporate development at Virgin USA, a business unit of the Virgin Group Ltd., from June 2002 to January 2007, and prior thereto was employed as a corporate development professional by Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc. Ms. Whelan’s qualifications to sit on our board include her current role as our chief executive officer after having helped lead our growth and scaling our studio operations since 2012.

Larry M. Segall served as a member of the board of managers of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC from May 2011 until May 2015. Mr. Segall was appointed our full time chief financial officer in June 2015. Prior thereto, since August 2005, Mr. Segall served as chief financial officer of Equinox, having initially served as executive vice president commencing in April 2005. During his tenure with Equinox, Mr. Segall served in an oversight capacity as our chief financial officer since May 2011. From 2001 to 2005, Mr. Segall served as senior vice president-finance of Paxar Corporation, a global provider of merchandise systems to retailers and apparel manufacturers. Prior to joining Paxar, Mr. Segall served as chief financial officer and administrative vice president of Vitamin Shoppe Industries, Inc. from 1997 to 2001. Previously, over a 13-year period, he held various executive level finance and management posts at Tiffany & Co. including his last position as senior vice president-logistics and merchandising planning.

Stephen M. Ross will become a director prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Ross is the chairman and founder of The Related Companies, L.P. Mr. Ross formed Related in 1972 and today the company includes over 2,500 professionals. Related has developed over $22 billion in real estate and owns real estate assets valued at over $20 billion made up of best-in-class mixed-use, residential, retail, office, trade show and affordable properties in premier high-barrier-to-entry markets. Mr. Ross is also the owner of the Miami Dolphins. Mr. Ross is chairman of the board of directors of Equinox Holdings, Inc. He serves on the executive committee and is a trustee of Lincoln Center for the Performing Arts, Inc., and is a trustee of New York-Presbyterian Hospital and the Guggenheim Foundation. He is a director on the board of the Culture Shed and the Jackie Robinson Foundation and is chairperson emeritus of the Real Estate Board of New York, the city’s leading real estate trade association. Mr. Ross is also a director on the board of the World Resources Institute (WRI) and recently established the WRI Ross Center for Sustainable Cities. Mr. Ross’ qualifications to sit on our board include his executive leadership experience in building Related as a premier real estate development and investment business and his understanding of our business gained from his service as chairman of the board of directors of EHI.

Jeff T. Blau will become a director prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Blau is chief executive officer of The Related Companies, L.P. For the past 25 years he has been responsible for directing and overseeing new developments for Related worth over $20 billion in virtually every sector of the real estate industry. He is responsible for the strategic direction of the company, overall management of the firm, the pursuit of new development opportunities and corporate acquisitions and financing activities across all business platforms. Mr. BIau serves on the board of directors of Equinox Holdings, Inc. He also serves on the boards of the Central Park Conservancy, the Partnership for New York City and the Partnership Fund for New York City, the Real Estate Roundtable, and The Wharton Graduate Executive Board. He also serves on the board of trustees of The Mount Sinai Medical Center, the Urban Land Institute and The Association for a Better New York and is a board member of the Union Square Partnership. Mr. Blau’s qualifications to sit on our board include his executive leadership experience in leading Related as chief executive officer and his understanding of our business gained from his service on the board of directors of EHI.

78

Irwin Cohen will become a director prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Cohen has been a member of the board of directors of Equinox Holdings, Inc. since November 2006. He has been a member of the board of directors of Steinmart, Inc. since January 2008 and of Supervalu, Inc. since June 2003 and serves as chairman of each of their respective audit committees. Mr. Cohen is a retired partner of Deloitte & Touche, where he spent over 40 years in the retail and consumer products practice. Mr. Cohen’s final position at Deloitte & Touche was Senior Partner-Global Managing Partner Retail & Consumer products practice. During his tenure at Deloitte & Touche, Mr. Cohen served as a member of the firm’s board of directors, establishing and leading the first national industry office practice, leading the largest audit practice and chairing various task forces. Mr. Cohen previously served as a senior advisor to the Peter J. Solomon Company. Mr. Cohen’s qualifications to sit on our board include his extensive public accounting and corporate finance experience and his expertise in audit committee functions.

Millard S. Drexler will become a director prior to the closing of this offering. Mr. Drexler has been chairman of the board and chief executive officer of J.Crew Group, Inc. since January 2003. Previously, Mr. Drexler was president and chief executive officer of The Gap, Inc. from 1995 to September 2002, having previously served as its president from 1987. Mr. Drexler also served as a director of The Gap from November 1983 to October 2002. From 1980 until 1983, Mr. Drexler also served as president, then chief executive officer of Ann Taylor. Mr. Drexler has served on the board of Warby Parker, a retailer of eyewear, since September 2013 and on the board of Teach for America, Inc. since October 2011. Mr. Drexler also served as a director of Apple Inc. from 1999 until 2015. Mr. Drexler’s qualifications to sit on our board include his executive leadership experience, including his extended service as a chief executive officer of a public company, along with his extensive brand marketing experience.

Robert L. Loverd will become a director prior to the closing of the offering. Mr. Loverd served as chairman of the board of trustees of Centerline Holding Company, a public multifamily mortgage lender and low income tax credit investment manager, until December 2013. During his tenure on Centerline’s board, Mr. Loverd served as chairman of the compensation committee and a member of the nominating and corporate governance and audit committees. Mr. Loverd is the former group chief financial officer and a founding partner of MC European Capital (Holdings), a London investment banking and securities firm, which was established in 1995 and substantially sold in 2000. From 1979 through 1994, Mr. Loverd held various positions in New York and London in the investment banking departments of Credit Suisse and First Boston Corporation. Prior to that time, Mr. Loverd was a shareholder in the international investment banking department of Kidder, Peabody & Co. Incorporated. Mr. Loverd is a member of the board of directors of Acre Realty Investors Inc., a public commercial real estate investment and operating company, and of Harbus Investors, a privately owned investment vehicle. Mr. Loverd’s qualifications to sit on our board include his extensive background in investment banking and corporate finance and his service as a chairman of a public company.

Board of Directors

Board Composition

Our business and affairs are managed under the directors of our board of directors which consists of nine members, a majority of whom are independent under                                      Rules.

Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated bylaws that will then be effective will provide for a staggered, or classified, board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each serving staggered three-year terms, as follows:

• the Class I directors will be Ms. Cutler, Mr. Drexler and Ms. Rice, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2016;

79

• the Class II directors will be Mr. Cohen, Mr. Loverd and Ms. Whelan, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and

• the Class III directors will be Mr. Ross, Mr. Blau and Mr. Spevak, and their terms will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.

Upon expiration of the terms of a class of directors, directors for that class will be elected for three-year terms at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which that term expires. Each director’s term continues until the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any increase or decrease in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors. This classification of our board of directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in control of our company.

We will enter into an investor rights agreement with SIH and its permitted assigns (which will consist of its equity owners and their affiliates) prior to the closing of this offering. Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, SIH and permitted assigns will have the right to designate a number of directors to our board of directors and committees of the board that is proportionate to their collective beneficial ownership of our common stock. The agreement provides that our board of directors will nominate and recommend the designated individuals for election as directors and will solicit proxies or consents in favor of them, unless it determines in good faith, after consultation with outside legal counsel, that the designation would be inconsistent with its fiduciary duties or the independent listing standards of                      and the rules and regulations of the SEC.

We will not elect to be treated as a “controlled company” following this offering.

Director Independence

Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of each continuing director and director nominee. Based upon information requested from and provided by each continuing director and director nominee concerning his background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Ross, Blau, Cohen, Drexler and Loverd, our non-employee director nominees, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each such non-employee director nominee will be “independent” as that term is defined under the listing requirements and rules of                                                  . In making this determination, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director nominee has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director nominee.

Board Committees

As of the closing of this offering, our board of directors will establish an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors may also establish such other committees as it deems appropriate, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

Audit Committee

Our audit committee will consist of Messrs. Cohen and Loverd, and Mr. Cohen will serve as the committee’s chairperson. All of the directors on this committee will be “independent” as defined under SEC rules and regulations applicable to audit committees. We also expect that our board of directors

80

will determine that                  is an “audit committee financial expert,” as that term is defined by the SEC. The audit committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, KPMG LLP. The audit committee will oversee our related party transaction policies. It is also responsible for “whistle-blowing” procedures and certain other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee will consist of Messrs. Blau and Loverd, and Mr. Loverd will serve as the committee’s chairperson. All of the directors on this committee will be independent under                  Rules. Among other things, the compensation committee will review, and will make recommendations to the board of directors regarding, the compensation and benefits of our executive officers. The compensation committee will also administer the issuance of stock options and other awards under our equity incentive plans and will establish and review policies relating to the compensation and benefits of our employees and consultants.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Messrs. Ross, Blau and Drexler, and Mr. Blau will serve as the committee’s chairperson. All of the directors on this committee will be independent under                  Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee will be responsible for, among other things, developing and recommending to our board of directors our corporate governance guidelines, identifying individuals qualified to become board members, overseeing the evaluation of the performance of the board of directors, selecting the director nominee for the next annual meeting of stockholders and selecting director candidates to fill any vacancies on the board of directors.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of the compensation committee is an officer or employee of the company. None of our executive officers serves, or has served during the past fiscal year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other company that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors. Prior to the completion of this offering, we did not have a compensation committee. Since the beginning of 2014, Ms. Cutler, Ms. Rice, Mr. Spevak and Ms. Whelan participated in deliberations of our board of directors regarding executive officer compensation.

Code of Conduct and Ethics

Our board of directors has adopted a code of conduct and ethics. Our current code of conduct and ethics applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our chief executive officer and senior financial officers. Upon or prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will post the full text of the code on our corporate website at www.soul-cycle.com under the Investor Relations section. We intend to disclose future amendments to our code of conduct and ethics, or certain waivers of such provisions, at the same location on our website identified above and also in our public filings. Our code of conduct and ethics is a “code of ethics,” as defined in Item 406(b) of Regulation S-K. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus does not include or incorporate by reference the information on our website into this prospectus.

Director Compensation

None of our directors received compensation as a director during 2014. Effective upon the closing of this offering, we intend to approve and implement a director compensation policy that will be applicable to all of our non-employee directors.

81

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation rules applicable to “smaller reporting companies,” as that term is defined under the Securities Act. We discuss below the executive compensation program for our two co-chief creative officers, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice, and our chief executive officer, Melanie Whelan, who were “named executive officers” during 2014 and are named in the summary compensation table below. Until June 2015, when Ms. Whelan was appointed our chief executive officer, Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice served as our co-chief executive officers. Prior to her promotion, Ms. Whelan served as our chief operating officer to which she was appointed in December 2014.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation for services rendered in all capacities that was earned by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2014.

Name and principal position	Year		Salary ($)		Bonus ($)		Total ($)
Elizabeth P. Cutler, Co-Chief Creative Officer(1)(2)		2014		600,000		600,000		1,200,000
Julie J. Rice, Co-Chief Creative Officer(1)(2)		2014		600,000		600,000		1,200,000
Melanie Whelan, Chief Executive Officer(2)		2014		325,000		126,750		451,750

⁽¹⁾ The amounts reported in the salary and bonus columns represent total salary earned and discretionary bonuses awarded for 2014, respectively.

⁽²⁾ Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice served as co-chief executive officers until June 2015 when Ms. Whelan was promoted to chief executive officer from her prior position as chief operating officer to which she was appointed in December 2014.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

2014 Salaries and Bonuses

The named executive officers receive a base salary to compensate them for services rendered to our company. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role and responsibilities.

Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice were paid base salaries and bonuses for 2014 that were in excess of amounts payable under their prior employment agreements. They were each paid $600,000 in salary and $600,000 in bonus payments, representing an increase in compensation from the $400,000 in salary and $100,000 payable pursuant to their prior employment agreements.

New Employment Agreements and Incentive Plan

New Employment Agreements with Founders

In connection with the Formation Transactions, we entered into new employment agreements with each of our founders, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice, effective as of April 6, 2015. These agreements replace our prior employment agreements with Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice. The material terms of the new employment agreements are summarized below. The following summaries do not contain all of the terms of such agreements, which are included as exhibits to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, for a complete understanding of the terms thereof.

82

Employment Term and Position.    The initial term of employment of each of Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice expires on December 31, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions provided that neither party provides written notice of non-extension within 30 days of the expiration of the then-current term. We appointed Melanie Whelan as chief executive officer in June 2015, and under the terms of the employment agreements, each of Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice serves as co-chief creative officer.

Base Salary, Annual Bonus, Equity Compensation and Other Benefits.    Pursuant to their employment agreements, both Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice are entitled to initial base salaries at an annualized rate of $618,000 in 2015, with increases in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of the employment agreements.

In addition, pursuant to their employment agreements, each of Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice will be eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses based on the level of EBITDA achieved by the Company for each year as a percentage of the target EBITDA established in the annual budget approved by our board of directors for such year. The minimum percentage achievement required to earn an annual bonus is 90%; no bonus will be earned if the 90% threshold is not achieved. If the percentage achieved for the calendar year is (i) equal to or greater than 90% but less than 95%, the cash bonus earned will be 40% of base salary, (ii) equal to or greater than 95% but less than 96%, the cash bonus earned will be 60% of base salary, (iii) equal to or greater than 96% and less than 100%, the cash bonus earned will be 60% of base salary, plus a prorated portion of 40% of base salary equal to the ratio of (x) the excess of the percent achieved over 95% to (y) 5%, (iv) equal to 100%, the cash bonus earned will be 100% of base salary and (v) greater than 100%, the cash bonus earned will be 100% of base salary, plus 5% of base salary for each additional one percent achieved over 100%, subject to a cap of 110% percent achieved (i.e., equating to a maximum possible earned bonus of 150% of base salary).

Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice are also eligible to participate in or receive benefits under our various employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements which are made available to our senior executives.

Severance.    Each employment agreement is terminable on 60 days’ prior notice and provides for severance payable upon a termination by us without “cause” (as defined below) or by Ms. Cutler or Ms. Rice for “good reason” (as defined below). If either of them are terminated without cause or either of them resign for good reason, she will be entitled to (i) any accrued but unpaid base salary or incentive bonus as of the termination of employment, referred to as the accrued obligations, (ii) the benefit of exculpation and indemnification obligations to which we succeeded in connection with our formation upon the conversion, referred to as the indemnification obligations, (iii) the incentive bonus, if any, for a preceding calendar year in which either of them has worked a full calendar year and is terminated without cause or she resigns for good reason after the end of such calendar year but prior to the payment of the incentive bonus for such calendar year, (iv) a pro-rated incentive bonus, if any, for the calendar year during which their employment was terminated and (v) severance payments in an annualized amount equal to base salary, at the rate in effect immediately prior to the termination of her employment over the duration of the 30-month period following termination, subject to compliance with certain restrictive covenants set forth in the employment agreements.

We may terminate Ms. Cutler’s or Ms. Rice’s employment for “cause” upon their (i) committing theft or misappropriation of company property, (ii) conviction of, or entering a plea of guilty or nolo contendere, to a crime that constitutes a felony or (iii) material breach of their employment agreement which has not been cured in 30 days after receiving written notice from the company specifying the nature of the breach.

Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice may resign for “good reason” after the occurrence, without their consent, of (a) any materially different change in duties and responsibilities that results in a substantial diminution of such duties and responsibilities (other than as a result of the hiring of a replacement

83

CEO), (b) a reduction in the rate or failure to timely pay their base salary or incentive bonus, (c) a relocation to anywhere other than New York, New York and (d) any other material breach by the company of the employment agreement or by EHI or the company of any other agreement with Ms. Cutler or Ms. Rice, as applicable.

If we terminate either co-chief creative officer for cause or either resigns for other than good reason, she will be entitled to (i) the accrued obligations, (ii) the indemnification obligations and (iii) the incentive bonus, if any, for a preceding calendar year in which she has worked a full calendar year and she resigns without good reason after the end of such calendar year but prior to the payment of the incentive bonus for such calendar year.

Restrictive Covenants.    Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice will be subject to certain non-competition and non-solicitation restrictions for a 30-month period after termination of employment. During the restricted period, Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice may not directly or indirectly, own any interest in, operate, join (other than as a customer), control or participate as a partner, director, principal, officer, agent or spokesperson of, enter into the employment of, act as a consultant or contractor to or perform any services, paid or unpaid for or solicit investments in any entity that is engaged in any business providing any form of in-premises fitness-related training or classes, other than full service health clubs and/or gyms, in any jurisdiction in which the company or any of its affiliates operates. Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice may not directly or indirectly, for their own account or the account of any other party, in any jurisdiction in which the company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, EHI) operates, has commenced or made plans to commence operations, (i) solicit or induce any person who is a member or customer of the company or any of its affiliates to alter or terminate his or her membership or customer relationship with the company or any of its affiliates (including, without limitation, EHI), (ii) solicit for employment anyone who was an employee of ours during the six-month period prior to such solicitation or (iii) induce any employee of the company to terminate his or her employment with the Company. In addition, Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice may not divulge confidential and other information regarding the company to any third party and are subject to certain non-disparagement restrictions.

New Employment Agreement with Our Chief Executive Officer

We entered into an employment agreement with Melanie Whelan in connection with her appointment as chief executive officer effective as of July 1, 2015. The material terms of the employment agreement with Ms. Whelan are summarized below. The following summary does not contain all of the terms of such agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, for a complete understanding of the terms thereof.

Employment Term and Position.    The initial term of Ms. Whelan’s employment expires on July 8, 2019, subject to automatic one-year extensions, unless 60 days’ prior written notice of non-extension is provided by either party or she is earlier terminated or resigns. Ms. Whelan serves as our chief executive officer and she is to be appointed as a director on our board of directors.

Base Salary, Annual Bonus, Equity Compensation and Other Benefits.    Pursuant to the employment agreement, Ms. Whelan is entitled to an initial base salary at an annualized rate of $475,000 in 2015, with increases in subsequent years in the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, Ms. Whelan is eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses in accordance with the annual bonus plan applicable to our senior executives, with minimum bonus based on target performance equal to 50% of base salary and maximum bonus equal to 100% of base salary. The 2015 bonus opportunity is capped at 65% of base salary based on budgeted EBITDA. Ms. Whelan is entitled to two special bonuses, including a one-time bonus of $400,000 payable on the earlier of the completion of our initial public offering or December 31, 2015, and a one-time bonus of $400,000 payable on December 31, 2016.

84

Pursuant to her employment agreement, Ms. Whelan was granted a stock option exercisable for          shares of common stock. The option has an exercise price of $             per share and vests in equal installments on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant. The agreement provides that Ms. Whelan is eligible to receive annual grants of share-based awards on the same basis as other senior executives with an annual grant target of approximately 0.25% of our common stock outstanding, subject to the approval by our compensation committee in its sole discretion.

Ms. Whelan is eligible to participate in, or receive benefits under, our various employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements which are made available to our senior executives.

Severance.    The employment agreement provides for certain benefits in the event of termination or resignation. If she is terminated for “cause” or she resigns without “good reason,” Ms. Whelan will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid base salary and any earned but unpaid bonus and accrued benefits. In addition, if Ms. Whelan is terminated without cause or she resigns for good reason, then, subject to her execution (and non-revocation) of a general release of claims, she will be entitled to receive (i) monthly base salary payments for fifteen months (ii) a lump sum payment of an amount equal to the product of (a) 1.25 and (b) the sum of her base salary and target bonus, (iii) a lump sum pro-rata annual bonus payment for the year in which the termination occurs, based on actual performance, and (iv) to the extent the two special bonuses described above remain unpaid at the time of her termination, payment of such bonuses.

Ms. Whelan may resign for “good reason” after the occurrence, without her consent, of the following: (i) a reduction of her authorities, duties or responsibilities as chief executive officer (including reporting relationships) or diminution of title or position; provided, however, that her failure to be elected to our board of directors after our initial public offering shall not constitute good reason; (ii) her principal work location is moved to a location other than the New York City metropolitan area; (iii) we fail to nominate her for reelection to our board of directors; or (iv) our failure to provide base salary, annual incentive and special bonus opportunities under the terms of the agreement, or otherwise breach the agreement or her option award agreement. We may terminate Ms. Whelan for “cause” upon the following: (x) she willfully and continually fails to substantially perform her duties of employment (other than because of a mental or physical impairment) that continues after being given notice of such failure; (y) she (a) engages in any act of willful and material (I) misconduct, (II) dishonesty or (III) wrongdoing or moral turpitude (in each case, whether or not a felony) or (b) materially violates our code of conduct or a written company policy, which violation has an adverse effect upon us; or (z) she willfully (a) breaches her duty of loyalty or (b) commits an unauthorized disclosure of proprietary or confidential information of the Company.

Net-Better Cutback.    If any payments to Ms. Whelan would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and would cause her to become subject to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will be reduced to the amount that would not cause her to be subject to the excise tax if such a reduction would put her in a better after tax position than if she were to pay the tax.

Restrictive Covenants.    Ms. Whelan is subject to non-solicitation and non-competition restrictions for a 24-month period after termination of employment. During the restricted period, Ms. Whelan may not (i) solicit or induce any person who is a client or customer of ours to alter or terminate his or her membership or customer relationship with us; (ii) solicit for employment anyone who was an employee of ours during the six-month period prior to such solicitation; or (iii) induce any employee of ours to terminate his or her employment with us. Ms. Whelan may not provide services, whether as principal, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, advisor, shareholder, partner, member or otherwise, alone or in association with any other person, corporation, partnership, limited

85

liability company, sole proprietorship or unincorporated business or any non-U.S. business entity (whether or not for profit) to any competing business in any geographic area in the world in which we or any of our subsidiaries are engaged in business as of the last day of her employment or has plans to engage in business that are then under active consideration by the Board or executive officers of the Company.

In addition, Ms. Whelan may not divulge confidential and other information regarding us to any third party and is subject to certain non-disparagement restrictions.

New Employment Agreement with Our Chief Financial Officer

We entered into an employment agreement with Larry M. Segall in connection with his appointment as executive vice president and chief financial officer effective as of June 15, 2015. The material terms of the employment agreement with Mr. Segall are summarized below. The following summary does not contain all of the terms of such agreement, and we refer you to the agreement, which is included as an exhibit to this registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, for a complete understanding of the terms thereof.

Employment Term and Position.    The initial term of Mr. Segall’s employment expires on December 31, 2018, subject to automatic one-year extensions, unless 60 days’ prior written notice of non-extension is provided by either party or he is earlier terminated or resigns. Mr. Segall serves as our executive vice president and chief financial officer.

Base Salary, Annual Bonus, Equity Compensation and Other Benefits.    Pursuant to the employment agreement, Mr. Segall is entitled to an initial base salary at an annualized rate of $450,000 in 2015, with increases in subsequent years in the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, Mr. Segall is eligible to receive annual performance-based cash bonuses in accordance with the annual bonus plan applicable to our senior executives, with minimum bonus based on target performance equal to 50% of base salary and maximum bonus equal to 100% of base salary. The 2015 bonus opportunity will be based on adjusted EBITDA with such adjusted EBITDA capped at 103% of our budgeted 2015 Adjusted EBITDA. Mr. Segall will also remain eligible for a pro-rata portion of his Equinox annual bonus for 2015. Pursuant to his employment agreement, Mr. Segall was granted a stock option exercisable for              shares of common stock. The option has an exercise price of $             per share and vests on each of the first, second, third and fourth anniversaries of the date of grant.

Mr. Segall is eligible to participate in, or receive benefits under, our various employee benefit plans, policies or arrangements which are made available to our senior executives.

Severance.    The employment agreement provides for certain benefits in the event of termination or resignation. If Mr. Segall retires he will be treated as a full time-employee and will be eligible to receive any accrued but unpaid base salary, any earned but unpaid bonus and other benefits in the calendar year of the retirement. If he is terminated for “cause” or he resigns without “good reason,” Mr. Segall will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid base salary through his last day of employment, any earned but unpaid bonus and other accrued benefits. If Mr. Segall is terminated without cause or he resigns for “good reason,” then, subject to his execution (and non-revocation) of a general release of claims, he will be entitled to receive his then-current base salary for a period of 15 months, an amount equal to 1.25 times the target bonus for the year in which the termination occurs.

Mr. Segall may retire at any time beginning on December 31, 2017 with at least 180 days’ prior written notice. Mr. Segall may resign for “good reason” after the occurrence, without his consent, upon the following: (i) a material reduction of his authorities, duties or responsibilities as executive vice president and chief financial officer of the Company; provided, however, that a reduction in connection

86

with a transition of executive officers and responsibilities after providing a notice of termination due to retirement shall not constitute good reason; (ii) a change in his principal job location in excess of 50 miles; or (iii) a material reduction of his total annual base salary plus target annual bonus. We may terminate Mr. Segall for “cause” upon the following: (i) he willfully and continually fails to substantially perform his duties of employment (other than because of a mental or physical impairment) that continues after being given notice of such failure; (ii) he (a) engages in any material act of (I) misconduct, dishonesty or wrongdoing or moral turpitude (in each case, whether or not a felony) or (II) violates our code of conduct or a company policy, which violation has an adverse effect upon us; or (iii) he willfully breaches his duty of loyalty or commits an intentional and unauthorized disclosure of proprietary or confidential information of the Company.

Net-Better Cutback.    If any payments to Mr. Segall would constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code, and would cause him to become subject to the excise tax imposed under section 4999 of the Code, then such payments will be reduced to the amount that would not cause him to be subject to the excise tax if such a reduction would put him in a better after tax position than if he were to pay the tax.

Restrictive Covenants.    Mr. Segall is subject to non-solicitation and non-competition restrictions for a 18-month period after termination of employment. During the restricted period, Mr. Segall may not (i) solicit for employment anyone who was an employee of ours during the 12-month period prior to such solicitation; (ii) solicit or induce any person who is a client or customer of ours to alter or terminate his or her client or customer relationship with us during the 12-month period prior to such solicitation; or (iii) provide services whether as a principal, agent, director, officer, employee, consultant, advisor, shareholder, partner or member, alone or in association with any other person, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, sole proprietorship or unincorporated business or any non-U.S. business entity (whether or not for profit) to any competing business in any geographic area in the world in which we or any of our subsidiaries are engaged in business as of the last day of his employment or has plans to engage in business that are under consideration by our board of directors or executive officers.

In addition, Mr. Segall may not divulge confidential and other information regarding us to any third-party and is subject to certain non-disparagement restrictions.

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

On June 26, 2015, our board of directors and stockholders adopted our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

Share Reserve.    We reserved          shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. In addition, the following shares of our common stock will again be available for grant or issuance under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan:

• shares subject to awards granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or cancelled;

• shares subject to awards granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued; and

• shares surrendered, cancelled or exchanged for cash (but not shares surrendered to pay the exercise price or withholding taxes associated with the award).

Term.    Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan terminates ten years from the date our board of directors approved the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

87

Award Forms and Limitations.    Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan authorizes the award of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance awards, other cash-based awards and other stock-based awards. For stock options that are intended to qualify as incentive stock options (ISOs), under Section 422 of the Code, the maximum number of shares subject to ISO awards shall be             .

Eligibility.    Only employees, consultants and board members of us and our affiliates are eligible to receive awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The committee determines who will receive awards, and the terms and conditions associated with such award.

Administration.    Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. The compensation committee has the authority to construe and interpret our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan. Awards under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be made subject to “performance conditions” and other terms.

Stock Options.    Our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for the grant of ISOs only to our employees. All options other than ISOs may be granted to our employees, directors and consultants. The exercise price of each stock option must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value. Options granted under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan may be exercisable at such times and subject to such terms and conditions as the compensation committee determines. The maximum term of options granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan is 10 years (five years in the case of ISOs granted to 10% or more stockholders).

Stock Appreciation Rights.    Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of our common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price of the stock appreciation right. The exercise price must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date the stock appreciation right is granted. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions, as determined by the compensation committee in its discretion.

Restricted Stock.    The compensation committee may grant awards consisting of shares of our common stock subject to restrictions on sale and transfer. The price (if any) paid by a participant for a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us. The compensation committee may condition the grant or vesting of shares of restricted stock on the achievement of performance conditions and/or the satisfaction of a time-based vesting schedule.

Performance Awards.    A performance award is an award that becomes payable upon the attainment of specific performance goals. A performance award may become payable in cash or in shares of our common stock. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement due to termination of a participant’s employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Other Stock-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards.    Stock-based awards, such as dividend equivalent rights and other awards denominated or payable in shares of our common stock, may be granted as additional compensation for services or performance. Similarly, the compensation committee may grant other cash-based awards to participants in amounts and on terms and conditions determined by them in their discretion. Both other stock-based awards and other cash-based awards may be granted subject to vesting conditions or awarded without being subject to conditions or restrictions.

88

Additional Provisions.    Awards granted under our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan may not be transferred in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation committee, awards that are non-ISOs or Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the non-ISOs or SARs by a permitted transfer. Awards that are ISOs may be exercised during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Awards granted under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be subject to a minimum vesting period of one year, provided that our compensation committee may accelerate awards in accordance with the terms of the plan.

In the event of a change of control (as defined in the plan), the compensation committee may, in its discretion, provide for any or all of the following actions: (i) awards may be continued, assumed, or substituted with new rights, (ii) awards may be purchased for cash equal to the excess (if any) of the highest price per share of common stock paid in the change in control transaction over the aggregate exercise price of such awards, (iii) outstanding and unexercised stock options and stock appreciation rights may be terminated, prior to the change in control (in which case holders of such unvested awards would be given notice and the opportunity to exercise such awards), or (iv) vesting or lapse of restrictions may be accelerated. All awards will be equitably adjusted in the case of stock splits, recapitalizations and similar transactions.

New Equity Awards

Following the adoption of our 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan, our board of directors granted options to purchase                  shares of common stock reserved under the plan to certain of our employees, including executive officers. These options have an exercise price of $                 per share and vest in equal installments over time.

89

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In addition to the director and executive officer compensation arrangements discussed above under “Executive Compensation”, the following is a description of transactions since January 9, 2012 to which we have been a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any of our directors, executive officers, beneficial holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or persons or entities affiliated with them, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

The Formation Transactions

In connection with the Formation Transactions, our predecessor, SCH, we and certain of our affiliates have engaged in or will engage in transactions and have entered into or will enter into agreements with certain of our directors, executive officers and other persons and entities which will become holders of 5% or more of our voting securities upon the consummation of the Formation Transactions. These include the redemption of existing membership interests in SCH, borrowings under a credit agreement to finance part of the redemption payment and the entry into a transition services agreement with EHI, a tax indemnity and sharing agreement with REH II, registration rights agreements with certain of our stockholders and an investor rights agreement with SIH and its permitted assigns.

Redemption Agreement

Our predecessor, SCH, entered into a redemption agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among SCH, our founders, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice and trusts for the benefit of their respective families, and EHI with respect to the redemption of common units in SCH. The redemption transaction was consummated on May 15, 2015 and each of Ms. Cutler and Ms. Rice and their respective family trusts were paid $89.9 million including reimbursement of expenses in redemption of all of their respective common units except for common units representing 1% of the post-transaction outstanding units which were respectively retained by each of them. The redemption agreement required SCH to enter into amended and restated employment agreements with each founder and issue to each founder specified options to which we succeeded upon the conversion that are exercisable for a number of shares representing 1.5% of the common stock then outstanding on a fully diluted basis. The agreement also required SCH to enter into a specified registration rights agreement to which we succeeded upon the conversion. See “—Registration Rights Agreements—Founder Registration Rights Agreement.” The redemption agreement also contained covenants relating to the conversion of our predecessor into a corporation and specified the form of certificate of corporation and bylaws to be filed and adopted in connection with the conversion. The redemption agreement also contained standard representations and warranties and mutual releases. For a description of the redemption transaction, see “The Formation Transactions—The Redemption-Related Transactions.”

Credit Agreement

On May 15, 2015, SCH entered into a credit agreement with various commercial bank lenders to which we succeeded upon the conversion and pursuant to which we may borrow under a term loan and a revolving credit facility. Our credit agreement provided us with a $165.0 million term loan and a $25.0 million revolving credit facility. SCH used borrowings in the amount of $167.1 million, net of original issue discount, under the credit agreement and $12.7 million of equity contributions from EHI to fund the redemption payments paid to our founders and their family trusts, as more fully described in “The Formation Transactions.” Our credit agreement matures in May 2020, but the outstanding borrowings become due and payable upon the closing of this offering and will be repaid with the proceeds of this offering and financing obtained under a new credit agreement we expect to enter into on or before the closing of this offering. As of                          , 2015, the outstanding borrowings under

90

our credit agreement totaled $             million and bear interest at     % per annum. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Credit Agreements—Credit Agreement.”

Transition Services Agreement

In connection with our separation from EHI as part of the Formation Transactions, we have entered into a transition services agreement with EHI pursuant to which EHI will provide SoulCycle with a variety of services following the separation. Among the principal services EHI will provide to us are:

• Tax services related to the preparation of tax returns and filings and calculation of tax provisions and tax payments;

• Financial planning and accounting services related to consolidation and reporting in respect of budgets;

• Financial systems services related to financial reporting, studio openings and closings and segmented reporting as needed;

• Construction finance services related to review and approval of invoices, review of pro forma documents and calculations and oversight of the construction finance closeout process;

• Payroll services related to certain software and payroll tax calculation and reporting;

• Legal services related to litigation, trademarks, contractual arrangements and certain SEC filings, including those related to this offering;

• Risk management services related to renewal of insurance policies and workers compensation claims;

• Accounting management services related to accounting and financial reporting and preparation of quarterly reports;

• Human resources services related to employee benefit plan regulations compliance;

• Real estate development services related to site selection, negotiating leases, development and planning for new locations and real estate advice and oversight; and

• Executive services related to advice and assistance of EHI’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer.

In providing the services pursuant to this agreement, EHI may employ consultants and other advisers in addition to utilizing its own employees. EHI will provide the transition services in exchange for monthly payments to be invoiced based on the hours worked and the hourly rates that apply to the various categories of employees. The transition services agreement has a term of 12 months with respect to all services other than the financial planning and accounting services, financial system services and real estate and development services which continue for a term of 24 months. The transition services agreement is terminable by SoulCycle on ten business days’ prior written notice to EHI. See “Risk Factors—We will have access to the transitional services provided by EHI for a limited duration and may experience challenges in our business as we seek to perform these services with our own personnel.”

91

Tax Indemnity and Sharing Agreement

In connection with our separation from EHI as part of the Formation Transactions, we will enter into a tax indemnity and sharing agreement with REH II that provides for certain agreements and covenants related to tax matters involving SoulCycle and REH II. This agreement covers time periods before and after the separation and has a term that extends until 45 days after the expiration of the statute of limitations for tax-free spin-offs under the Code. Among the matters addressed in the agreement are filing of tax returns, retention and sharing of books and records, cooperation in tax matters, control of possible tax audits and contests and tax indemnities. The agreement provides for limitations on certain corporate transactions that could affect the qualification of the spin-off as tax-free under the Code.

SoulCycle will be prohibited, except in certain circumstances from:

• issuing shares of its stock equal to or exceeding 20% (by vote or value) of the shares of SoulCycle stock issued and outstanding immediately following the separation, including to raise capital or as acquisition currency in furtherance of strategic transactions;

• selling 50% or more of the assets of its business or engaging in mergers or other strategic transactions that may result in any stockholder owning (as determined under U.S. federal income tax law) 40% or more (by vote or value) of the outstanding shares of SoulCycle stock or repurchasing outstanding shares of its stock, other than in open market repurchases constituting less than 20% of such stock outstanding immediately following the distribution; and

• ceasing to actively conduct its business or liquidating.

See “Risk Factors—We may not be able to engage in certain corporate transactions for up to two years after the separation from EHI.”

Registration Rights Agreements

Founder Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the redemption agreement, we entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, with our founders, Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice and trusts for the benefit of their respective families, pursuant to which we granted registration rights with respect to the shares of our common stock that have been issued to them. The registration rights agreement provides that, subject to the limitations described below, beginning 180 days after completion of this offering, such equityholders and their transferees will have the right to require us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect an unlimited number of registrations of our common stock; however, we will not be obligated to effect any registration unless it covers, (i) in the case of a registration on Form S-1, 40% of the registrable securities then owned by the equityholders party to the agreement or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, would exceed $10 million or, (ii) in the case of a registration on Form S-3, an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of selling expenses, of at least $5 million. We may decline to honor any of these demand registrations if, in the case of a registration requested on Form S-1, we have effected a registration on Form S-1 within the preceding 180 days, after we have effected two registrations on Form S-1 pursuant to the registration rights agreement or if equityholders demanding a registration propose to dispose of shares of registrable securities that may be immediately registered on a Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to the registration rights agreement, or, in the case of a registration requested on Form S-3 if we have effected a registration on Form S-3 within the preceding 180 days or after we have effected two registrations on a Form S-3 pursuant to the registration rights agreement within the 12-month period immediately preceding the date of such a request.

92

We will be required to pay the registration expenses in connection with each demand registration (other than any underwriting discounts, selling commissions and applicable stock transfer taxes and the fees and disbursements of any selling shareholders’ counsel).

In addition, if, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, filing a registration statement would be significantly disadvantageous to us (because of the existence of, or in anticipation of, any significant acquisition, divestiture, financing, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction), or the unavailability for reasons beyond our reasonable control of any required financial statements, or any other event or condition of similar significance, or because such disclosure would require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act to permit use of such registration statement, we are entitled to delay filing such registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days (provided that we have not invoked this right more than once in any 12-month period and that we have not registered any securities for our own account or for that of any other shareholder during the 90 day period).

In addition to our obligations with respect to demand registrations, if we propose to register any of our securities, other than with respect to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or certain other registrations, we will give each equityholder party to the registration rights agreement the right to participate in such registration (a “piggyback registration”). We will be required to pay the registration expenses in connection with each of these registrations (other than any underwriting discounts, selling commissions and applicable stock transfer taxes and the fees and disbursements of any selling shareholders’ counsel). If the managing underwriters in a “piggyback registration” advise the equityholders demanding registration that the number of securities offered to the public needs to be reduced, the number of shares included in the piggyback registration will be reduced in proportion to the number of registrable securities owned by each selling shareholder or in other proportions as agreed upon by the selling shareholders.

If any registration of our common stock is in connection with an underwritten public offering, each equityholder party to the registration rights agreement will agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any common stock for up to a 180-day period beginning on the effective date of such registration statement, subject to certain extensions.

In addition, we have agreed to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The registration rights agreement terminates on the earlier of the date when the equityholders’ common stock can be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144 or five years after the closing of this offering.

SIH Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with our separation from EHI as part of the Formation Transactions, we will enter into a registration rights agreement with SIH which will expressly benefit the direct and indirect members of REH II. This agreement will grant registration rights with respect to the shares of our common stock that are held by our stockholders who benefit from the agreement. The registration rights agreement will provide that, subject to the limitations described below, beginning 180 days after completion of this offering, such equityholders and their transferees will have the right to require us to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect an unlimited number of registrations of our common stock. We will be required to pay the registration expenses in connection with each demand registration (other than any underwriting discounts, selling commissions and applicable stock transfer taxes, and the fees and disbursements of any selling shareholders’ counsel). In addition, if, in the good faith judgment of our board of directors, filing a registration statement would be significantly

93

disadvantageous to us (because of the existence of, or in anticipation of, any significant acquisition, divestiture, financing, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction), or the unavailability for reasons beyond our reasonable control of any required financial statements, or any other event or condition of similar significance, or because such disclosure would require premature disclosure of material information that we have a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential or render us unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act to permit use of such registration statement), we will be entitled to delay filing such registration statement for a period of not more than 90 days (provided that we have not invoked this right more than once in any 12-month period and that we have not registered any securities for our own account or for that of any other shareholder during the 90 day period).

In addition to our obligations with respect to demand registrations, if we propose to register any of our securities, other than with respect to a registration on Form S-4 or Form S-8 or certain other registrations, we will give each equityholder party to the registration rights agreement the right to participate in such registration (a “piggyback registration”). We will be required to pay the registration expenses in connection with each of these registrations (other than any underwriting discounts, selling commissions and applicable stock transfer taxes, and the fees and disbursements of any selling shareholders’ counsel). If the managing underwriters in a “piggyback registration” advise the equityholders demanding registration that the number of securities offered to the public needs to be reduced, the number of shares included in the piggyback registration will be reduced in proportion to the number of registrable securities owned by each selling shareholder or in other proportions as agreed upon by the selling shareholders.

If any registration of our common stock is in connection with an underwritten public offering, each equityholder party to the registration rights agreement will agree not to effect any public sale or distribution of any common stock for up to a 180-day period beginning on the effective date of such registration statement, subject to certain extensions. In addition, we will agree to indemnify the selling shareholders against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

The registration rights agreement will terminate upon the date when the equityholders’ common stock can be sold without restriction under SEC Rule 144.

The registration rights agreement with the founders and their family trusts, and the form of registration right agreement with SIH, are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Investor Rights Agreement

In connection with our separation from EHI as part of the Formation Transactions, we will enter into an investor rights agreement with SIH and its permitted assigns (which will consist of its equity owners and their affiliates), pursuant to which SIH and its permitted assigns will be granted certain rights regarding the election of our directors and the governance of our affairs. The agreement gives SIH and its permitted assigns the right to appoint a number of directors to our board of directors and committees of the board that is proportionate to their collective beneficial ownership of our common stock (a majority of the board if that ownership is 50% or greater, scaling down to 10% of the board if that ownership is at least 5%). Further, so long as SIH and its affiliates maintain ownership of an amount of common stock equal to at least 10% of the common stock they owned following this offering, they will have the ability to exercise significant control over the affairs of the corporation, including:

• the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including various sale of control transactions or a sale of substantially all of our assets;

• our, or any of our subsidiaries’, reorganization, recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or winding-up;

94

• the hiring and termination of our chief executive officer;

• the authorization or issuance of any of our equity securities, other than pursuant to equity incentive plans or arrangements approved by the board of directors;

• any increase or decrease in the size of the board of directors; and

• the approval of any amendment to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws.

Further, SIH may assign to SIH’s equity owners and their affiliates, as permitted assigns, its rights under this agreement without our consent, so long as the assignee agrees to be bound by the terms of the agreement. See “Risk Factors—The parties to the investor rights agreement will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the affairs of the corporation.”

Revolver with EHI

Pursuant to the terms of the third amended and restated limited liability company agreement of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, dated as of 2011, EHI agreed to loan us cash on a revolving and unsecured basis to fund ongoing capital expenditures. At December 31, 2014, our borrowings under the revolver totaled $3.8 million. On May 13, 2015, we repaid the outstanding borrowings in full and EHI’s obligation to lend terminated on May 15, 2015 upon the conversion.

Deferred Tax Distributions

EHI was a member of SCH holding equity interests entitled to tax distributions. EHI deferred receipt of an aggregate of $20.1 million of such distributions which was added to its capital account and unpaid prior to the conversion. SCH distributed to EHI $3.1 million of such deferred distributions immediately prior to the conversion. We succeeded to the remaining $17.0 million unpaid tax distribution claim upon the conversion, which we will pay with the proceeds of this offering.

Certain Leases

We are party to a lease with an affiliate of The Related Companies, LP, associates and affiliates of which control our principal stockholder, SIH and our parent prior to the separation, EHI. The lease expires in 2021. We anticipate total payments of $355,796 in rent under the lease for the year ended December 31, 2015. We paid a total of $393,703, $305,492 and $325,186 in rent under the lease for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. We are also party to a lease for a studio location in Chicago, Illinois for which the landlord was formerly affiliated with The Related Companies, LP. The building was sold prior to the rent commencement date in January 2015 after which the landlord ceased to be affiliated with The Related Companies, LP. We are also party to a sublease with EHI which expires in 2029. We anticipate total payments of $407,210 in rent under the sublease for the year ended December 31, 2015. We paid a total of $338,833, $348,758 and $66,677 in rent under the sublease for each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Indemnification Agreements

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and reporting officers. These agreements will require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law and our charter against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

95

A number of our directors and officers would, in certain circumstances, be entitled to indemnification by both us and related entities, such as EHI or SIH. In all such cases, under the terms of our indemnification agreements, we shall be fully and primarily responsible for payment of the indemnification or advancement of related expenses, regardless of any rights of recovery the indemnified party may have from those related entities.

Other

Spencer Rice, the husband of Julie Rice, the company’s founder, co-chief creative officer and director, serves as chief marketing officer of SoulCycle. Mr. Rice commenced employment in 2014. His base salary in 2014 was $250,000, and he received a cash bonus of $33,562. Mr. Rice’s base salary for 2015 is $262,500, and he is eligible to receive a cash bonus in respect of 2015. In July 2015, he received a stock option grant exercisable for                  shares of our common stock. He also received and, for 2015, receives benefits generally available to all employees.

Policies Regarding Related Party Transactions

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written statement of policy regarding transactions with related persons, which we refer to as our “related person policy.” Our related person policy requires that a “related person” (as defined as in paragraph (a) of Item 404 of Regulation S-K) must promptly disclose to our senior legal officer any “related person transaction” (defined as any transaction that is anticipated would be reportable by us under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K in which we were or are to be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and in which any related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest) and all material facts with respect thereto. The senior legal officers will then promptly communicate that information to the audit committee of our board of directors. No related person transaction will be executed without the approval or ratification of the audit committee. In general, the audit committee will approve or ratify related person transactions that we believe are at least as favorable to us as those we would obtain from an unrelated party.

96

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of                      and immediately after the closing of this offering, for:

• each stockholder, or group of affiliated stockholders, who we know beneficially owns more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

• each of our continuing directors and director nominees;

• each of our named executive officers; and

• all of our continuing directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with rules of the SEC and generally includes any shares over which a person exercises sole or shared voting and/or investment power. Shares of common stock subject to options currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of the person holding the options but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated, we believe the beneficial owners of the common stock listed below, based on information furnished by them, have sole voting and investment power with respect to the number of shares listed opposite their names.

The numbers of shares of common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership prior to this offering that are set forth below in the table are based on the number of shares issued and outstanding prior to this offering following consummation of the Redemption-Related Transactions. The numbers of shares of common stock beneficially owned and percentages of beneficial ownership after this offering that are set forth below in the table are based on the number of shares issued and outstanding after this offering following consummation of the Separation-Related Transactions and completion of the planned recapitalization and            for            stock split. Holders of our common stock following this offering will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders, subject to certain exceptions or unless otherwise required by law.

Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals named below is c/o SoulCycle Inc., 609 Greenwich Street, New York, New York 10014.

	Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to this Offering					Shares Beneficially Owned After this Offering
	Shares		%			Shares	%
Named Executive Officers, Continuing Directors and Director Nominees:
Harvey J. Spevak(1)		—		—
Elizabeth P. Cutler(2)
Julie J. Rice(3)
Melanie Whelan(4)		—		—
Larry M. Segall(5)		—		—
Stephen M. Ross(6)		—		—
Jeff T. Blau(7)		—		—
Irwin Cohen(8)		—		—
Millard S. Drexler		—		—
Robert L. Loverd		—		—
All executive officers, continuing directors and director nominees as a group (10 persons)
Other 5% Stockholders:
SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC(9)		970,000		97	%
RSA Equinox Holdco LLC(10)		—		—
Related Management Holdco LLC(11)		—		—
Leonard Green & Partners, L.P.(12)		—		—

97

* less than 1%.

⁽¹⁾ Consists of              shares and              shares issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions. In addition, Mr. Spevak has a membership interest in RSA Equinox Holdco LLC (“RSAEH”) that provides for a 10% interest in distributions after the managing member has received a certain prescribed priority distribution. As a result, if the priority distribution is received by the managing member and capital is returned to the members, Mr. Spevak will participate in the proceeds of any sale of SoulCycle common stock by SIH to the extent sales proceeds are received by RSAEH and are distributed to its members. Mr. Spevak also has membership interests in LG Equinox Holdco, LP and LG SIH Holdco, LP (collectively, “EQ Holdco”) that provides for a 10% interest in distributions after specified preferred returns to the other members and if the preferred returns have been earned, Mr. Spevak will participate in the proceeds of any sale of SoulCycle common stock by SIH to the extent sales proceeds are received by EQ Holdco and are distributed to its members.

⁽²⁾ Consists of              shares and              shares issuable upon exercise of stock options.

⁽³⁾ Consists of              shares and              shares issuable upon exercise of stock options.

⁽⁴⁾ Consists of              shares and              shares issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions.

⁽⁵⁾  Consists of              shares and              shares issuable upon exercise of stock options to be issued in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions.

⁽⁶⁾  Includes the shares deemed beneficially owned by Related Special Assets LLC as discussed below.

⁽⁷⁾ Includes the shares deemed beneficially owned by Related Special Assets LLC as discussed below.

⁽⁸⁾ Consists of              shares issuable upon exercise of a stock option to be issued in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions.

⁽⁹⁾ SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC has direct voting and dispositive power over the shares of common stock held by SIH, but under the terms of its operating agreement to be amended and restated in connection with the Separation-Related Transactions, it passes through to its equity owners the voting rights associated with the common stock owned by it. The address of SIH is 60 Columbus Circle, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10023.

⁽¹⁰⁾ Includes shares deemed beneficially owned as a result of the pass through of voting rights under the SIH operating agreement. Related Special Assets LLC (“RSA”) serves as the managing member of RSA Equinox Holdco LLC (“RSAEH”). An investment committee comprising Stephen M. Ross, Jeff T. Blau and Bruce A. Beal, Jr. exercises authority over the investments held by RSAEH and acting as a committee will exercise the voting rights passed through pursuant to the SIH operating agreement. Under the terms of RSA’s operating agreement which provides for the committee to act by unanimous vote, Messrs. Ross, Blau and Beal may be deemed to share voting power over the shares deemed beneficially owned by RSA. Each of RSA and Messrs. Ross, Blau and Beal disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of its or his pecuniary interest and do not admit that it or he is the beneficial owner of the shares for any other purpose. The address of RSA is 60 Columbus Circle, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10023.

⁽¹¹⁾ Includes shares deemed beneficially owned as a result of the pass through of voting rights under the SIH operating agreement. The Related Realty Group, Inc. (“TRRG”) serves as the manager of Related Management Holdco LLC (“RMH”). A board of directors of TRRG comprising Stephen M. Ross, Jeff T. Blau and Michael Brenner exercises authority over the investments held by RMH and acting as a board will exercise the voting rights passed through pursuant to the SIH operating agreement. Under TRRG’s bylaws, which provide for the board to act by majority vote, none of Messrs. Ross, Blau and Brenner is individually deemed to share voting power over the shares deemed beneficially owned by RMH. The address of RMH is 60 Columbus Circle, 19th Floor New York NY 10023.

⁽¹²⁾ Includes shares deemed beneficially owned as a result of the pass through of voting rights under the SIH operating agreement. Green Equity Investors V, L.P. (“GEI V”) is the direct beneficial owner of              shares of common stock (the “GEI V Shares”). Green Equity Investors Side V, L.P. (“GEI Side V”), is the direct beneficial owner of              shares of common stock (the “GEI Side V Shares”). LG Equinox Holdco, LP (“EQ Holdco”) is the direct beneficial owner of              shares of common stock (the “EQ Holdco Shares”). LGP Fitness Co-investment LLC (“Fitness I”), is the direct beneficial owner of              shares of common stock (the “Fitness I Shares”). LGP Fitness II Co-investment LLC (“Fitness II” and, collectively with GEI V, GEI Side V, EQ Holdco, and Fitness I, the “LGP Funds”), is the direct beneficial owner of              shares of common stock (the “Fitness II Shares” and, collectively with the GEI V Shares, the GEI Side V Shares, the EQ Holdco Shares, and the Fitness I Shares, the “LGP Shares”). GEI Capital V, LLC (“GEIC”), is the general partner of GEI V and GEI Side V. Green V Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”), is a limited partner of GEI V and GEI Side V. Leonard Green & Partners, L.P. (“LGP”), is the manager of GEI V, GEI Side V, and Peridot Coinvest Manager LLC (“Peridot”), the sole member of the general partner of EQ Holdco and an affiliate of GEIC and Holdings. LGP Management, Inc. (“LGPM”) is the general partner of LGP. Peridot is the manager of Fitness I and Fitness II. GEIC, as the general partner of GEI V and GEI Side V, Holdings, as a limited partner of GEI V and GEI Side V, LGP, as the manager or general partner of GEI V, GEI Side V, EQ Holdco, and Peridot, LGPM, as the general partner of LGP, and Peridot, as the manager of Fitness I and Fitness II, each directly (whether through ownership or position) or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, may be deemed to share voting power with respect to the LGP Shares. As such, GEIC, Holdings, LGP, Peridot, and LGPM may be deemed to be the indirect beneficial owners of the LGP Shares. Each of GEIC, Holdings, LGP, Peridot, and LGPM disclaims beneficial ownership of the LGP Shares, except to the extent of its pecuniary interest therein. Each of Messrs. John G. Danhakl, Jonathan D. Sokoloff, Jonathan A. Seiffer, John M. Baumer, Timothy J. Flynn, James D. Halper, Todd M. Purdy, Michael S. Solomon, W. Christian McCollum, Usama N. Cortas, and J. Kristofer Galashan, and Ms. Alyse M.

98

Wagner either directly (whether through ownership interest or position) or through one or more intermediaries, may be deemed to control LGP. As such, Messrs. Danhakl, Sokoloff, Seiffer, Baumer, Flynn, Halper, Purdy, Solomon, McCollum, Cortas, and Galashan, and Ms. Wagner may be deemed to have shared voting and investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned by the LGP Funds. These individuals each disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities held by the LGP Funds except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The address of EQ Holdco is One Broadway, Floor 14, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02142. The address of each other entity and individual referenced herein (other than the Issuer) is c/o Leonard Green & Partners, L.P., 11111 Santa Monica Boulevard, Suite 2000, Los Angeles, California 90025.

99

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following is a summary of our capital stock and certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, each of which will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering. This summary is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, copies of which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and by the provisions of applicable law. The description of our capital stock reflects changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of the offering.

After completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 350,000,000 shares, each with a par value of $0.01 per share, of which:

• 300,000,000 shares will be designated as common stock; and

• 50,000,000 shares will be designated as preferred stock.

Common Stock

Voting Rights.    Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share. Holders of shares of common stock will vote on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of stockholders, unless otherwise required by law. An election of directors by our stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast by the stockholders entitled to vote on the election.

Our amended and restated bylaws that will become effective prior to the closing of this offering provides for a classified board of directors. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights.    Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to redemption.

Dividends.    Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock shall be entitled to receive ratably any dividends declared by our board of directors out of assets legally available therefor. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.”

Liquidation.    Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment or provision for payment of our debts and liabilities.

Conversion.    Our common stock is not convertible into any other shares of our capital stock.

Preferred Stock

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by the stockholders (subject to the investor rights agreement), to issue from time to time up to 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, in one or more series. Our board will determine the rights, powers, preferences, privileges, and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the preferred stock, including, but not limited to, dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to the

100

rights of our common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of our common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation, and the likelihood that holders of preferred stock will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control, which could depress the market price of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Provisions Under Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law

Certain provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering, could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, may have the effect of discouraging coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions may adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with an unfriendly or unsolicited acquiror outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging a proposal to acquire us because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Board of Directors.    Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, for as long as SIH and its permitted assigns (which will consist of its equity owners and their affiliates) beneficially own at least 5% of our common stock, they will have the right to appoint a number of directors to our board of directors proportionate to their collective beneficial ownership of our common stock. Their right ranges from a majority of our board of directors if their ownership is 50% or greater, scaling down to 10% of our board of directors if their ownership is at least 5%.

Undesignated Preferred Stock.    As discussed above, our board of directors has the ability to issue, without stockholder approval (subject to the investor rights agreement), preferred stock with voting or other rights, powers, preferences or privileges as may be fixed by the board of directors that could impede the success of any takeover attempt. This and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our company.

Limitations on the Ability of Stockholders to Act by Written Consent or Call a Special Meeting.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not act by written consent from and after the date upon which SIH, its members and their affiliates, collectively, cease to beneficially own at least 50% of our outstanding common stock. The inability of our stockholders to act by written consent may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions. As a result, a holder controlling a majority of our capital stock would not be able to amend our bylaws or remove directors without holding a meeting of our stockholders called in accordance with our bylaws.

In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the chairperson of our board of directors, the chief executive officer, the president or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors. A stockholder may not call a special meeting, which may delay the ability of our stockholders to force consideration of a proposal or for holders controlling a majority of our capital stock to take any action, including the removal of directors.

Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Nominations and Proposals.    Our amended and restated bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by

101

or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. These provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror’s own slate of directors or from otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

Board Classification.    Our board of directors is divided into three classes, one class of which is elected each year by our stockholders. The directors in each class will serve for a three-year term. For more information on the classified board, see “Management—Board of Directors.” A third party may be discouraged from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time-consuming for stockholders to replace a majority of the directors on a classified board.

Board Vacancies Filled Only by Majority of Directors.    Vacancies and newly created seats on our board shall be filled only by a majority of the remaining directors then in office. Only our board of directors may determine the number of directors on our board. The inability of stockholders to determine the number of directors or to fill vacancies or newly created seats on our board of directors makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors, but these provisions promote a continuity of existing management.

No Cumulative Voting.    The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not expressly provide for cumulative voting.

Directors Removed Only for Cause.    Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide for the removal of directors only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the total voting power of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Amendment of Charter Provisions and Bylaws.    The amendment of certain provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and of any provision in our amended and restated bylaws requires approval by holders of at least two-thirds of our outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute.    Because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, hereinafter referred to as DGCL Section 203, unless we expressly elect not to be governed by the statute. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation expressly elects not to be governed by DGCL Section 203 until the occurrence of a transaction in which SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC or its equity owners cease to collectively, as applicable, beneficially own at least 15% of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock. Accordingly, we are not currently subject to DGCL Section 203. DGCL Section 203 prevents, subject to certain exceptions set forth therein, certain Delaware corporations, including those whose securities are listed on                 , from engaging, under certain circumstances, in a business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. For purposes of DGCL Section 203, a business combination includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. In general, DGCL Section 203 defines an interested stockholder to include any entity or person owning 15% or more of the voting power of our outstanding voting stock and any affiliate or associate of such person or entity. This provision has an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by our board of directors, including discouraging takeover attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for our shares.

102

The provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

Exclusive Forum

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for the following civil actions:

• any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;

• any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty by any of our directors, officers, employees or agents or our stockholders;

• any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware;

• any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; or

• any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will include a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. These provisions will have the effect of eliminating our rights and the rights of our stockholders, through stockholders’ derivative suits on our behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, a director will not be exculpated for breaches of his or her duties of loyalty, for acts or omissions not in good faith and which involve intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law, authorizing illegal dividends or redemptions or for deriving an improper benefit from his or her actions as a director.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will provide that we must indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We also will be expressly authorized to carry insurance on behalf of our directors, officers, employees and agents. We believe that these indemnification and advancement provisions and insurance will be useful to attract and retain qualified directors and officers.

A number of our directors and officers would, in certain circumstances, be entitled to indemnification by both us and related entities, such as EHI or SIH. In all such cases, under the terms of our indemnification agreements, we shall be fully and primarily responsible for payment of the indemnification or advancement of related expenses, regardless of any rights of recovery the indemnified party may have from those related entities.

103

The limitation of liability, indemnification and advancement provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification has been sought.

Corporate Opportunity

Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, none of SIH or any SIH affiliates shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law and in accordance with the DGCL:

• have any duty to refrain from engaging in the same or similar business activities in which we engage or otherwise from competing with us;

• be liable to us, our stockholders or our affiliates for breach of any fiduciary duty solely by reason of the fact that they appropriate a corporate opportunity;

• have any duty to communicate or offer any transaction or business opportunity to us or any of our affiliates; or

• be liable to us, our stockholders or any of our affiliates for breach of any fiduciary duty as our stockholder, director or officer solely by reason of having appropriated the corporate opportunity for itself or directed the corporate opportunity to another person.

Indemnification Agreements

We expect to enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and executive officers that provides for indemnification to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Indemnification Agreements.” Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors or executive officers, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

We expect that the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be     . The transfer agent’s address is                          and its telephone number is             .

Exchange                

We intend to apply to list our common stock on                  under the symbol “                ”.

104

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing price of our common stock from time to time or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Furthermore, since a substantial number of shares will be subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale as described below, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, or the perception that those sales could occur, in the public market after these restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of             shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no exercise of outstanding options. Of these shares, all             of the shares sold in this offering by us will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, unless these shares are purchased by affiliates. The remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are “restricted securities” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are subject to the contractual restrictions described below. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if the transaction qualifies for an exemption from registration described below under Rules 144 or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act. Shares subject to the contractual restrictions described below will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration of the lock-up agreements, described below, beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus.

In addition, of the             shares of our common stock that were subject to stock options outstanding as of                     , 2015, options to purchase              shares of common stock were exercisable as of                     , 2015 and will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering, or Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, as applicable.

Lock-Up Agreements and Obligations

Certain of our officers, directors and stockholders, who together hold     % of our outstanding common stock as of                     , 2015, have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into shares or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, or enter into any swap or other arrangement for transfer to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Transfers or dispositions can be made sooner only in certain circumstances or with the prior written consent of                     .                     may release any of the shares subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least six months (including any period of consecutive ownership of preceding non-affiliated holders) would be entitled to sell those shares, subject only to the availability of current public information about us. A non-affiliated person who has beneficially owned restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 for at least one year would be entitled to sell those shares without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

105

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

• 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after this offering; or

• the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 of the Securities Act, as currently in effect, permits any of our employees, officers, directors, consultants or advisors who purchase or receive shares from us pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions. Subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, Rule 701 provides that affiliates may sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period requirement of Rule 144 and that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144.

Registration Rights

Beginning 180 days after the closing of this offering, our founders and their family trusts or their transferees, and SIH and its transferees, will be entitled to various rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming fully tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Registration Rights Agreements” for additional information. Shares covered by a registration statement will be eligible for sale in the public market upon the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

Following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. See the section entitled “Executive Compensation—2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.” Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, other contractual lock-up obligations set forth in the grant agreements under each such plan and any applicable vesting restrictions, shares registered under these registration statements will be available for resale in the public market immediately upon the effectiveness of these registration statements, except with respect to Rule 144 volume limitations that apply to our affiliates.

106

Distribution by SIH

SIH has informed us that it intends to distribute, tax-free, shares of our common stock to its equity owners every three months beginning on the 18-month anniversary of the Separation-Related Transactions such that all of such shares are distributed by the 27-month anniversary of the separation. Holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests may vote to alter the distribution schedule to provide for an earlier or later distribution. In addition, the board of managers of SIH may sell shares of our common stock to pay expenses subject to the consent of the holders of a majority of SIH’s membership interests. Any such distribution will be subject to the expiration or release from the terms of the lock-up agreement with SIH or any other lock-up agreement entered into by SIH. Any shares of our common stock distributed to our affiliates will be “restricted securities” as described above and may also be subject to the expiration or release from the terms of a lock-up agreement. Absent a sale of common stock by SIH prior to such distribution, following the distribution to SIH’s equity owners, Related Management Holdco and RSA Equinox Holdco LLC collectively will own in the aggregate in excess of a majority of our outstanding common stock and will continue to have controlling influence over matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions. We expect that in connection with such distribution, SIH will assign to its equity owners the rights under the investor rights agreement which will give the transferees the ability to exercise significant control over our affairs. See “Risk Factors—The parties to the investor rights agreement will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, which could limit your ability to influence the affairs of the corporation” and “—Your ability to influence corporate matters may be limited because SIH’s equity owners beneficially own a substantial amount of our common stock and will continue to have substantial control over us after the offering.”

107

CERTAIN MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock applicable to “non-U.S. holders” as defined below. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, nor does it address any tax consequences arising under any state, local or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed, possibly retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those set forth below. We have not sought any ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS will agree with such statements and conclusions. The term “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any entity taxable as a partnership, or any of the following:

• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;

• a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in the U.S. or under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof, or the District of Columbia or otherwise treated as such for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

• a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and the control of one or more U.S. persons or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

This summary is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering and who hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). In addition, this discussion does not address the impact of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or tax considerations applicable to an investor’s particular circumstances or to investors that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

• banks, insurance companies, or other financial institutions;

• persons subject to the alternative minimum tax or the net investment income tax;

• tax-exempt organizations;

• dealers in securities or currencies;

• traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings;

• controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies or corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

• certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;

• persons who purchase or sell our common stock as part of a wash sale for tax purposes; or

• persons who hold our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, or conversion transaction.

108

If a partnership holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding our common stock should consult its tax advisor with regard to the U.S. federal income tax treatment of an investment in our common stock.

YOU ARE URGED TO CONSULT YOUR TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS TO YOUR PARTICULAR SITUATION, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARISING UNDER THE FEDERAL ESTATE OR GIFT TAX RULES OR UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL, FOREIGN OR OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION OR UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

Distributions on Common Stock

If we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent they are paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Distributions in excess of our earnings and profits will constitute a return of capital that will first be applied against and reduce the non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of the common stock and will be treated as described under “—Gain on Disposition of Common Stock” below.

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder that are not effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30%, or if a tax treaty applies, a lower rate specified by the treaty. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

Dividends that are effectively connected with a non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, are attributable to a permanent establishment in the U.S., are generally exempt from withholding and will be taxed on a net income basis at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a “United States person,” as defined under the Code. In such cases, we will not have to withhold U.S. federal income tax if the non-U.S. holder complies with applicable certification requirements. In addition, if the non-U.S. holder is a corporation, a “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate) may be imposed on a portion of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.

To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or an exemption from withholding because the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States, a non-U.S. holder must either (a) provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI (as applicable) before the payment of dividends or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. These forms may need to be periodically updated. Non-U.S. holders may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

109

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or any withholding thereof with respect to gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock unless one of the following applies:

• the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States and, if an income tax treaty applies, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the United States; in these cases, the non-U.S. holder will generally be taxed on its net gain derived from the disposition at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a United States person and, if the non-U.S. holder is a foreign corporation, the “branch profits tax” described above may also apply;

• the non-U.S. holder is a non-resident individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition and meets certain other requirements; in this case, the non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or a reduced rate under an applicable treaty) on the amount by which capital gains (including gain recognized on a sale or other disposition of our common stock) allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources (provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. income tax returns with respect to such losses); or

• we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date you dispose of our common stock or the period you held our common stock, unless our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market and you hold, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of our common stock and you are not eligible for any treaty exemption. The determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other business assets. We believe that we currently are not and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

We must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends or other distributions we make to you on your shares of common stock, including the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. The IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those distributions and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty. Backup withholding tax may also apply to payments made to a non-U.S. holder on or with respect to our common stock, unless the non-U.S. holder certifies as to its status as a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, and certain other conditions are satisfied. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person that is not an exempt recipient.

Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if you sell your shares of common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report to the IRS the amount of proceeds paid to you and also perform backup withholding on that amount unless you provide appropriate certification to the broker of your status as a non-U.S. holder or you otherwise establish an exemption. Information reporting will also apply if you sell your shares of common stock through a foreign broker deriving more

110

than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documented evidence in its records that you are a non-U.S. holder and certain other conditions are met or you otherwise establish an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the filing of a U.S. tax return for claiming a refund of such backup withholding.

Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act

Pursuant to Sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (“FATCA”) dividends paid in respect of our common stock and, after December 31, 2016, gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our common stock held by or through certain foreign financial institutions (as specially defined for purposes of these rules, including investment funds), will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30%, unless (1) such institution enters into an agreement with the Treasury to report, on an annual basis, information with respect to interests in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the extent such interests or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons and by certain non-U.S. entities that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons and to withhold on certain payments or (2) such institution otherwise qualifies for an exemption from these rules. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these requirements. Accordingly, the entity through which our common stock is held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required. Payments of dividends in respect of common stock to non-U.S. holders other than foreign financial institutions could be affected by this withholding if such non-U.S. holders are subject to the FATCA information reporting requirements and fail to comply with them or if non-U.S. holders hold common stock through a non-US person (e.g., a foreign bank or broker) that fails to comply with these requirements (even if payments to the non-U.S. holder would not otherwise have been subject to FATCA withholding). Payments of gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock after December 31, 2016 could also be subject to FATCA withholding. We will not pay any additional amounts to non-U.S. holders in respect of any amounts withheld. Non-U.S. holders are encouraged to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on their investment in our common stock.

POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

111

UNDERWRITING

The company and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters	Number of Shares
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
Incorporated
Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.
Cowen and Company, LLC
RBC Capital Markets, LLC
Total

The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional              shares to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase              additional shares.

Paid by the Company	No Exercise	Full Exercise
Per Share	$	$
Total	$	$

Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The company and its officers, directors and holders of substantially all of the company’s common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

112

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period the company issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event; provided that the extensions shall not apply so long as the company is an emerging growth company.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to              shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus for sale, at the initial public offering price, to our directors, officers, certain employees and other parties related to the company through a directed share program. The number of shares of our A common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced by the number of shares these persons purchase. Any reserved shares of our common stock not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares of our common stock offered hereby. All shares purchased through the directed share program will be subject to the same 180-day lock-up period described above. We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter conducting the directed share program against certain liabilities and expenses, including liabilities under the Securities Act, in connection with the directed share program.

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among the company and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of the company, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A “covered short position” is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters’ option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. “Naked” short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

113

Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the company’s stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on                     , in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

Expenses and Indemnification

The company estimates that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            . We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses.

The company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters and their control persons and broker-dealer affiliates against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Bank of America, N.A., an affiliate of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, and Citibank, N.A., an affiliate of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., are lenders under our credit agreement. Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Bank of America, N.A. and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. acted as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners in connection with our credit agreement. Bank of America, N.A. also acts as administrative agent and collateral agent under our credit agreement. In addition, affiliates of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and affiliates of certain other underwriters may participate as arrangers and/or lenders under our new credit agreement.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

114

Conflicts of Interest

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Bank of America, N.A. and Citibank, N.A. are lenders under our credit agreement. As described in “Use of Proceeds,” a portion of the net proceeds of this offering will be used to repay a substantial portion of outstanding borrowings due under our credit agreement. Because Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. or their affiliates will receive more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering in connection with the repayment of our credit agreement, each of Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is deemed to have a conflict of interest under Rule 5121. Accordingly, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121. Rule 5121 requires that a “qualified independent underwriter,” meeting certain standards, participate in the preparation of the registration statement and prospectus and exercise the usual standards of due diligence with respect thereto.                  has agreed to act as a qualified independent underwriter for this offering and to undertake the legal responsibilities and liabilities of an underwriter under the Securities Act, specifically including those inherent in Section 11 of the Securities Act.                  will not receive any additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter with this offering. We have agreed to indemnify                  against liabilities incurred in connection with acting as a qualified independent underwriter, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Citigroup Global Markets Inc. will not confirm any sales to any account over which it exercises discretionary authority without the specific written approval of the transaction from the account holder.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b) to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant underwriter or underwriters nominated by the Issuer for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances which do not require the publication by the Issuer of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

provided that no such offer of shares shall require the Issuer or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of shares to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor

115

to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression 2010 PD Amending Directive means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose

116

is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

117

VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK

Certain legal matters with respect to the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Paul Hastings LLP, New York, New York. The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Sullivan & Cromwell LLP, New York, New York.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock we are offering under this prospectus. As permitted under the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits to the registration statement. You should refer to the registration statement and its exhibits for additional information. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract, agreement or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

Copies of the registration statement, including its exhibits, may be examined without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Information about the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. Copies of all or a portion of the registration statement may be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC upon payment of prescribed fees. Our SEC filings, including our registration statement are also available to you, free of charge, on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. We will make available to our stockholders annual reports containing financial statements audited by our independent registered public accounting firm and quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each fiscal year containing unaudited interim financial information.

118

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

	Page
SoulCycle Inc. and Subsidiaries
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		F-2
Consolidated Financial Statements:
Consolidated Balance Sheets		F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations		F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’/Members’ Equity		F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		F-7

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

SoulCycle Inc. (successor of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries):

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

June 19, 2015, except as to earnings per share and Note 11 which are as of August 20, 2015.

F-2

SOULCYCLE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except for shares and per share data)

	As of June 30,			As of December 31,
	2015			2014		2013
	(unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	3,829		$	5,762	$	4,657
Inventories, net		4,294			3,582		3,702
Prepaid expenses and other current assets (Note 4)		4,692			2,622		1,515
Total current assets		12,815			11,966		9,874
Non-current assets:
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net (Note 5)		94,635			72,165		43,493
Deferred taxes, net (Note 8)		74,094			—		—
Other non-current assets		2,195			1,470		1,063
Total non-current assets		170,924			73,635		44,556
Total assets	$	183,739		$	85,601	$	54,430
Liabilities and Stockholders’/Members’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable and accrued expenses (Note 6)	$	14,807		$	9,385	$	8,405
Deferred tax distributions to EHI (Note 9)		17,046			—		—
Current debt (Note 7)		1,650			3,786		3,781
Deferred revenue		17,620			15,127		10,586
Total current liabilities		51,123			28,298		22,772
Non-current liabilities:
Long-term debt, less current portion (Note 7)		170,767			20		55
Deferred rent		9,631			6,658		3,311
Other non-current liabilities		1,467			878		180
Total non-current liabilities		181,865			7,556		3,546
Total liabilities		232,988			35,854		26,318
Commitments and contingencies
Members’ equity		—			49,747		28,112
Retained earnings		75,701			—		—
Class A common stock, par value $0.01 per share—53,334 shares authorized; 20,000 shares issued and outstanding		—			—		—
Class B common stock, par value $0.01 per share—2,000,000 shares authorized; 980,000 shares issued and outstanding		10			—		—
Additional paid-in capital		(124,960	)		—		—
Total stockholders’/members’ equity		(49,249	)		49,747		28,112
Total liabilities and stockholders’/members’ equity	$	183,739		$	85,601	$	54,430

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

SOULCYCLE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except for shares and per share data)

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Revenue:
Studio fees	$	63,145		$	41,432	$	93,776	$	62,740	$	30,812
Other revenue		11,212			8,331		18,175		12,568		5,358
Total revenue		74,357			49,763		111,951		75,308		36,170
Expenses:
Compensation and related		28,796			18,509		42,200		28,227		14,979
General and administrative		13,605			8,534		20,814		14,972		7,392
Rent and occupancy		7,071			3,788		9,053		6,053		2,829
Depreciation and amortization (Note 5)		5,214			2,969		6,905		3,334		1,150
Retail cost of sales		3,798			2,967		6,440		4,145		1,975
Total operating expenses, net		58,484			36,767		85,412		56,731		28,325
Income from operations		15,873			12,996		26,539		18,577		7,845
Interest expense, net		1,518			146		302		148		8
Income before income taxes		14,355			12,850		26,237		18,429		7,837
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes (Note 8)		(72,953	)		396		908		632		214
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623
Earnings per share of common stock: (1)
Basic	$	87.31		$	12.45	$	25.33	$	17.80	$	7.62
Diluted	$	87.31		$	12.45	$	25.33	$	17.80	$	7.62
Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding:
Basic		1,000,000			1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000
Diluted		1,000,000			1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000
Pro forma provision for income taxes: (2)	$	6,199			5,572	$	11,376
Pro forma net income	$	8,156			7,278	$	14,861
Pro forma earnings per share of common stock
Basic	$	8.16		$	7.28	$	14.86
Diluted	$	8.16		$	7.28	$	14.86

⁽¹⁾  Earnings per share is presented as if the common stock outstanding upon incorporation was outstanding for all periods presented.

⁽²⁾  The pro forma financial information presented has been computed to reflect a provision for income taxes assuming the conversion to a corporation associated with the Redemption-Related Transactions occurred on January 1, 2014. (See Note 3).

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

SOULCYCLE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’/Members’ Equity

(in thousands, except for shares and per share data)

	Members’ Equity			Class A Common Stock				Class B Common Stock				Retained Earnings		Additional Paid-In Capital			Total Equity
				Shares		Amount		Shares		Amount
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	4,666			—	$	—		—	$	—	$	—	$	—		$	4,666
Net income		7,623			—		—		—		—		—		—			7,623
Capital Contributions		1,548			—		—		—		—		—		—			1,548
Distribution to members		(1,230	)		—		—		—		—		—		—			(1,230	)
Balance, December 31, 2012		12,607			—		—		—		—		—		—			12,607
Net income		17,797			—		—		—		—		—		—			17,797
Distribution to members		(2,292	)		—		—		—		—		—		—			(2,292	)
Balance, December 31, 2013		28,112			—		—		—		—		—		—			28,112
Net income		25,329			—		—		—		—		—		—			25,329
Distributions to members		(3,694	)		—		—		—		—		—		—			(3,694	)
Balance, December 31, 2014		49,747			—		—		—		—		—		—			49,747
Net income prior to the Redemption-Related Transactions (unaudited)		11,607			—		—		—		—		—		—			11,607
Effect of the Redemption-Related Transactions (unaudited)		(61,354	)		20,000		—		980,000		10		74,286		(125,100	)		(112,158	)
Net income subsequent to the Redemption-Related Transactions (unaudited)		—			—		—		—		—		1,415		—			1,415
Share-based compensation recognized subsequent to the Redemption-Related Transactions (unaudited)		—			—		—		—		—		—		140			140
Balance, June 30, 2015 (unaudited)	$	—			20,000	$	—		980,000	$	10	$	75,701	$	(124,960	)	$	(49,249	)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

SOULCYCLE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

	For the six months ended June 30,						For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014			2014			2013			2012
	(unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	87,308		$	12,454		$	25,329		$	17,797		$	7,623
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		5,214			2,969			6,905			3,334			1,150
Deferred taxes, net		(74,094	)		—			—			—			—
Amortization of deferred rent and landlord contributions		2,973			785			3,347			1,927			791
Amortization of deferred financing costs		75			—			—			—			—
Share-based compensation		140			—			—			—			—
Capital contributions		—			—			—			—			1,548
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Inventories, net		(712	)		(293	)		120			(2,365	)		(709	)
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		(2,070	)		(390	)		(1,106	)		(1,240	)		(129	)
Accounts payable and accrued expenses		4,330			(528	)		57			3,439			602
Other assets and liabilities, net		(59	)		(142	)		548			(12	)		(159	)
Deferred revenue		2,493			3,079			4,541			5,095			2,421
Net cash provided by operating activities		25,598			17,934			39,741			27,975			13,138
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(26,669	)		(15,075	)		(34,911	)		(26,408	)		(13,234	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(26,669	)		(15,075	)		(34,911	)		(26,408	)		(13,234	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Issuance of short-term debt		—			2,200			2,200			3,750			750
Issuance of long-term debt, net of discount		173,091			—			—			—			—
Debt payments		(3,806	)		(2,216	)		(2,231	)		(770	)		(24	)
Capital contributions		12,678			—			—			—			—
Redemption amount		(179,750	)		—			—			—			—
Member distributions		(3,075	)		(2,173	)		(3,694	)		(2,292	)		(1,230	)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities		(862	)		(2,189	)		(3,725	)		688			(504	)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents		(1,933	)		670			1,105			2,255			(600	)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period		5,762			4,657			4,657			2,402			3,002
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	$	3,829		$	5,327		$	5,762		$	4,657		$	2,402
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid for:
Interest	$	1,886		$	4		$	7		$	10		$	(1	)
Income taxes	$	397		$	411		$	808		$	507		$	214

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

SOULCYCLE INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

In these notes to the consolidated financial statements, the terms “SoulCycle,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” and “ours” refer to SoulCycle Inc. and subsidiaries (“SCI”) as the successor to SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries (“SCH”).

1. Description, Organization and Development of Business

Organization and Description of Business

SoulCycle Inc. and its subsidiaries operate indoor cycling studios. At June 30, 2015, the Company operated 44 total studios. The Company opened eight new SoulCycle studios in the six months ended June 30, 2015.

On May 15, 2015, SCI, a Delaware corporation, was formed as the successor to SCH, a Delaware limited liability company (see Note 3).

Prior to incorporation, SCH was organized as a Delaware limited liability company on May 25, 2011 as the successor to a business founded by the Company’s founders in 2006. On May 25, 2011, Equinox Holdings Inc. (“EHI”) acquired all of the Class B units of the Company which represented a 75% membership interest in the Company. EHI’s 75% membership interest was subject to 3% dilution upon the Company achieving a specified Adjusted EBITDA earnout target, which was achieved in May 2013 and as a result, EHI’s membership interest percentage was reduced to 72%.

SCH had four classes of membership interests—Class A-1, Class A-2, Class B and Class C. There were 100 units authorized and outstanding for each class. Distributions were made to the holders of each class pursuant to a formula based on taxable income attributable to the membership interest classes. Further distributions to each class were at the discretion of the Company’s board of managers. The board of managers had five members, three of which were appointed by the Class B member and two of which were appointed by the Class A-1 and A-2 members, with one appointment for each such member. The Class A-1 and A-2 appointed members included the two founders of the Company who also served as the Company’s co-chief executive officers and comprised the Class A-1 and A-2 appointed members of the board of managers. The three Class B appointed members of the board of managers were comprised of executive officers of EHI. Income and losses were allocated 25% to the holders of Class A-1 units, 3% to the holders of Class A-2 units and 72% to the holder of Class B units. The Class C members did not receive any allocation of income or distributions. In the event of a sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or a liquidation of the Company, the net proceeds would be allocated 24% to the holders of Class A-1 units, 3% to the holders of Class A-2 units, 72% to the holder of Class B units and 1% to holders of Class C units. Members were not liable for the debts, obligations or liabilities of the Company. See Note 3 for changes to capital structure as a result of the conversion to a corporation.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of SoulCycle Inc. and its subsidiaries, all of which are wholly owned. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Unaudited Interim Consolidated Financial Information—The accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2015, the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 and the consolidated statement of stockholders’/members’

F-7

equity for the six months ended June 30, 2015 are unaudited. The unaudited interim consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to fairly present the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2015 and its results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014. The financial data and the other information disclosed in these notes to the consolidated financial statements related to these six month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2015 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2015 or for any other interim period or other future year.

Use of Estimates—The preparation of the consolidated financial statements, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions relating to the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Our most significant assumptions and estimates relate to inventory reserves, useful lives of fixed assets, impairment assessments, revenue recognition, the valuation of deferred taxes, net, share-based compensation and contingent liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentrations of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. The Company maintains its cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit accounts, which, at times, may exceed federally insured limits.

Inventories, net—Inventories, net, which consist primarily of fitness-related merchandise available for retail sale, are stated at the lower of cost or market.

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, net—Property and equipment is initially stated at cost. Expenditures for betterments and major renewals are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the related assets:

Leasehold improvements	Term of Lease
Furniture & fixtures	7 years
Computer and software equipment	5 years
Studio Equipment	5 years

The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts and any gain or loss is included in income.

Revenue Recognition and Unearned Revenue—The Company’s sales are primarily for classes, either purchased individually or as a class-series (a package of classes). Revenue is recognized as services are performed. The Company does not sell memberships. Classes are generally purchased on the Company’s website and those classes purchased in advance are recorded as deferred revenue. When a customer attends a class, the value of that class is reclassified from deferred revenue to revenue.

Other revenue primarily includes sales of clothing, accessories and beverages as well as shoe rentals. Sales of clothing, accessories and beverages are recognized at the “point of sale,” which occurs when merchandise is purchased by a customer, are reported net of returns and exclude sales tax. Shoe rental revenue is recognized at the point of rental.

F-8

Deferred Rent—Many of the Company’s operating leases contain predetermined fixed escalations in the minimum rental rate during the lease term. The initial lease term includes the build-out period of the lease, where no rent payments are typically due under the terms of the lease. For leases with rent escalation, the Company recognizes the related rental expenses on a straight-line basis and includes the difference between the amount charged to expense and the rent paid as non-current liability.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and 2013, deferred rent totaled $9.6 million (unaudited), $6.7 million and $3.3 million.

Advertising Costs—Advertising costs, which include expenditures for public relations and special events, are expensed as incurred and are included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statement of operations. Advertising costs amounted to $0.6 million (unaudited) and $0.4 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and $1.0 million, $1.1 million and $0.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Income Taxes—Prior to the the Company’s incorporation on May 15, 2015 (see Note 3), the Company was a limited liability company and was treated as a partnership for income tax purposes; however, it was subject to city unincorporated business tax and state franchise and partnership taxes. Its earnings were included in the income tax returns of its members. The Company’s conversion to a corporation on May 15, 2015 resulted in a change in tax status. Effective on the date of conversion, the Company began to utilize the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for expected future consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. Management makes estimates, assumptions and judgments to determine the Company’s provision for (benefit from) income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowances recorded against the Company’s deferred tax assets. The Company assesses the likelihood that its deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent the Company believes that recovery is not likely, the Company must establish a valuation allowance.

The calculation of the Company’s provision for (benefit from) income taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account current tax laws, interpretation of current tax laws and possible outcomes of future tax audits. Although the Company believes its estimates, assumptions and judgments to be reasonable, any changes in tax law or its interpretation of tax laws and the resolutions of potential tax audits could significantly impact the amounts provided for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

The calculation of the Company’s deferred taxes involves the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments while taking into account estimates of the amounts and type of future taxable income. Actual future operating results and the underlying amount and type of income could differ materially from the Company’s estimates, assumptions and judgments, thereby impacting the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2015 or December 31, 2014.

Share-based Compensation—The Company accounts for share-based compensation activity using the fair value method, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards based on estimated fair values. This method requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based compensation on the date of grant using an option

F-9

pricing model. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to measure share-based compensation. The Black-Scholes model determines the fair value of share-based payment awards based on the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant and is affected by assumptions regarding a number of highly complex and subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the fair value of the underlying common stock, expected volatility over the term of the awards and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors. In addition, the Company is required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and only recognize expense for those shares expected to vest. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of the share-based awards represent management judgment. As a result, if factors change and different assumption are used, the share-based compensation expense could be materially different in the future. Compensation expense relating to employee stock awards is recorded on a straight-line basis and included in compensation and related in the consolidated statements of operations.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements—The FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”), which amends the current presentation of debt issuance costs in the financial statements in April 2015. ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that debt liability, consistent with debt discounts, instead of as an asset. The amendments are to be applied retrospectively and are effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, but early adoption is permitted. The Company has adopted the amendment for all periods presented.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-17, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Pushdown Accounting, in November 2014. ASU 2014-17 provides an acquired entity with an option to apply pushdown accounting in its separate financial statements upon occurrence of an event in which an acquirer obtains control of the acquired entity. An acquired entity may elect the option to apply pushdown accounting in the reporting period in which the change-in-control event occurs. This guidance is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015 and the effective date of adoption depends on the timing of that first in-scope transaction. Early adoption is permitted. The Company did not elect to apply pushdown accounting; thus, there is no pushdown accounting from EHI in the SCI financial statements.

The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in May 2014. ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. An entity should also disclose sufficient quantitative and qualitative information to enable users of financial statements to understand the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers. In July 2015, the FASB amended the effective date of this ASU to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and early adoption is permitted only for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. The standard permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company is evaluating the effect the new guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures and has not yet selected a transition method.

F-10

3. Redemption-Related Transactions (unaudited)

On May 15, 2015, SCH and Julie Rice, Elizabeth Cutler (the “founders”) and their family trusts entered into a redemption transaction with EHI . Prior to the Redemption-Related Transactions, EHI had a 72% interest in SCH and SCH was a consolidated subsidiary of EHI. In connection with the redemption transaction (the “Redemption-Related Transactions”):

• SCH entered into a credit agreement on that date providing for a term loan of $165.0 million (the “Term Loan,” see Note 7) and a revolving credit facility of $25.0 million (the “Revolver,” see Note 7);

• SCH borrowed $163.1 million, net of original issue discount, under the Term Loan (see Note 7), $4.0 million under the Revolver and obtained equity contributions of $12.7 million from EHI to redeem membership interests representing a 25% interest in SCH, owned by the Founders, in exchange for payment of $179.8 million to the Founders. SCH incurred $0.8 million of deferred financing costs, which were paid by EHI and accounted for as a capital contribution; and

• Immediately following the above transactions, SCH converted from a limited liability company into a corporation named SCI. As a result of the redemption and conversion:

• EHI increased its ownership of SCI, as the successor upon the redemption and conversion, to 97% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, which it held through a wholly owned subsidiary, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC (“SIH”), newly formed in connection with the Redemption-Related Transactions. The SCH membership interests held by SIH were converted into 970,000 shares of the class B common stock (representing 97% of the common stock then outstanding);

• The SCH membership interests held by the founders and their family trusts were converted into an aggregate 20,000 shares of the class A common stock, which possess certain major decision, approval and governance-related rights (representing 2% of the common stock then outstanding); and

• An employee-owned entity held 10,000 restricted shares of the class B common stock (representing 1% of the common stock then outstanding), which were subsequently distributed to certain employees who were its owners upon the liquidation of the entity.

• EHI was a member of SCH holding equity interests entitled to tax distributions. EHI deferred receipt of an aggregate of $20.1 million of such distributions which was added to its capital account and unpaid prior to the conversion. SCH distributed to EHI $3.1 million of such deferred distributions immediately prior to the conversion. SCI succeeded to the remaining $17.0 million unpaid tax distribution claim upon the conversion (see Note 9).

• Upon the conversion from partnership to corporation, the Company recorded a net benefit from tax basis differentials transferred from EHI to SCI (See Note 8).

On July 30, 2015, the Company publicly filed a preliminary prospectus with the Securities and Exchange Commission for an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock.

F-11

4. Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following:

	As of June 30,		As of December 31,
	2015		2014		2013
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Landlord contributions receivable	$	2,296	$	1,359	$	140
Prepaid rent		1,345		837		499
Prepaid insurance		574		185		244
Other		477		241		632
Total	$	4,692	$	2,622	$	1,515

5. Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements, Net

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net, consists of the following as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 and 2013:

	As of June 30,		As of December 31,
	2015		2014			2013
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Leasehold improvements	$	85,909	$	64,927		$	36,411
Studio equipment		10,505		7,818			4,994
Furniture and fixtures		2,818		2,214			1,533
Computers and office equipment		2,863		2,406			1,554
Capitalized software		4,903		3,525			1,465
Automobiles		300		259			170
Construction in progress		4,500		3,000			2,600
		111,798		84,149			48,727
Less accumulated depreciation		17,163		(11,984	)		(5,234	)
Total	$	94,635	$	72,165		$	43,493

Total depreciation expense for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 was $5.2 million (unaudited) and $3.0 million (unaudited), respectively. Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $6.9 million, $3.3 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

The Company has purchases of property and equipment totaling $5.6 million (unaudited) and $2.5 million (unaudited) included in accounts payable and accrued expenses as of June 30, 2015 and 2014. As of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, there were purchases of property and equipment totaling $4.5 million, $3.1 million and $1.5 million included in accounts payable and accrued expenses.

F-12

6. Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consist of the following at June 30, 2015, December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

	As of June 30,		As of December 31,
	2015		2014		2013
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Due to related party (see Note 9)	$	790	$	394	$	127
Property and equipment		5,562		4,465		3,097
Payroll, related benefits and payroll taxes		2,688		2,336		2,832
Taxes payable (see Notes 8 and 9)		1,560		840		226
Accounts payable		1,469		589		1,712
Other		2,738		761		411
Total	$	14,807	$	9,385	$	8,405

7. Debt (unaudited)

Credit Agreement

On May 15, 2015, SCH entered into a five year, $190.0 million senior secured term loan and revolving credit facility (the “Credit Agreement”) arranged by various commercial bank lenders. Upon conversion to a corporation, SCI, as the successor to SCH, became the obligor of the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement, which expires May 15, 2020, provides a term loan (the “Term Loan”) of up to $165.0 million and a revolving credit line (the “Revolver”) of up to $25.0 million.

The Term Loan and Revolver bear interest at an annual rate, at the option of SCI, of either (a) LIBOR plus 4.5% to 5% or (b) the higher of various rate options, of which the applicable rate as of June 30, 2015 is the Bank of America prime rate of 3.25%, plus 3.5%. Quarterly installments of principal are payable on the amount borrowed under the Term Loan, with the balance due at maturity if not prepaid for as allowed for under the Credit Agreement. Required quarterly payments are approximately $0.4 million each quarter through June 30, 2016, $2.1 million each quarter through June 30, 2017 and $4.1 million each quarter thereafter until paydown at maturity.

In connection with the Redemption-Related Transactions on May 15, 2015 (see Note 3), SCH (as the predecessor to SCI) borrowed $165.0 million, reduced by original issue discount of $1.9 million, under the Term Loan. SCH used the Term Loan proceeds and $4.0 million of Revolver borrowings, along with funds contributed by EHI, to complete the Redemption-Related Transactions. SCH incurred $0.8 million of deferred financing costs, which were paid by EHI and accounted for as a capital contribution. The outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement become due and payable upon the closing of an initial public offering of SCI’s common stock, upon which any unamortized costs would be expensed.

The Credit Agreement is secured by all property owned, leased or operated by SCI and contains customary covenants. The Credit Agreement requires SCI to maintain a minimum interest coverage ratio and a leverage coverage ratio over the term of the loan. For the six months ended June 30, 2015, SCI was in compliance with all covenants and has maintained all necessary coverage ratios.

As of June 30, 2015 the Revolver balance was $10.0 million, which is included in long-term debt, less current portion on the consolidated balance sheet. Current debt as of June 30, 2015 includes $1.7 million of the current portion of the Term Loan.

F-13

EHI Revolver

Prior to the Redemption-Related Transactions, SoulCycle paid down the revolver funded by EHI (“EHI Revolver”) in full as of May 13, 2015. The EHI Revolver balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $3.8 million.

The EHI Revolver accrued interest at a rate of 6.60% per year. Accrued interest is included in accounts payable and accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheet and was less than $0.1 million as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited), $0.4 million as of December 31, 2014 and $0.1 as of December 31, 2013.

8. Provision for (Benefit From) Income Taxes

Prior to the Redemption-Related Transactions, the Company was a limited liability company and was treated as a partnership for income tax purposes; however, it was subject to city unincorporated business tax and state franchise and partnership taxes. Its earnings were included in the income tax returns of its members. SCI’s conversion to a corporation on May 15, 2015 resulted in a change in its tax status as of May 15, 2015. The Company recorded a one-time net tax benefit of $74.3 million (unaudited) upon conversion for tax basis differentials between EHI and SCI, including $76.0 million (unaudited) resulting directly from the Redemption-Related Transactions. The $74.3 million (unaudited) one-time net tax benefit upon conversion is treated as a discrete item in the quarter. The tax impact of the change in tax status is recognized as a component of the provision for (benefit from) income taxes upon conversion.

The Company determined its remaining provision for (benefit from) income taxes for the six months ended June 30, 2015 by estimating its 2015 effective annual tax rate and applying it to the Company’s pre-tax income for the period since incorporation, and by applying the city unincorporated business tax rate and state franchise and partnership tax rates to the applicable pre-tax income for the period prior to incorporation. The Company’s effective income tax rate was 43.7% for the period since incorporation.

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes consisted of the following:

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Current:
Federal	$	482		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
State		659			396		908		632		214
Total Current		1,141			396		908		632		214
Deferred:
Federal		(59,518	)		—		—		—		—
State		(14,576	)		—		—		—		—
Total Deferred		(74,094	)		—		—		—		—
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	(72,953	)	$	396	$	908	$	632	$	214

F-14

The reconciliation from the statutory U.S. federal income tax to our effective provision for (benefit from) income taxes is:

	For the six months ended June 30,					For the year ended December 31,
	2015			2014		2014		2013		2012
($000’s)	(unaudited)
Income taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate	$	5,024		$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit		397			396		908		632		214
Tax impact of pass-through income		(4,125	)		—		—		—		—
Incorporation benefit		(74,286	)		—		—		—		—
Non-deductible expenses		36			—		—		—		—
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes	$	(72,953	)	$	396	$	908	$	632	$	214

Deferred taxes, net, reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Recognition of deferred tax assets is appropriate when realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and cumulative net profits in prior periods, the Company believes it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. The following table presents the significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2015:

($000’s)	As of June 30, 2015
	(unaudited)
Deferred tax assets:
Tax deductible goodwill	$	85,849
Deferred rent		2,736
Other		280
Gross deferred tax assets		88,865
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation and amortization		(14,166	)
Other		(605	)
Gross deferred tax liabilities		(14,771	)
Deferred taxes, net	$	74,094

The Company did not have any uncertain tax positions as of June 30, 2015 (unaudited) or December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

Pro Forma Financial Information

For periods prior to the Company’s incorporation, the provision for income taxes represent those of SCH, the predecessor of SCI, and relate solely to unincorporated business income tax and state franchise and partnership income taxes. The pro forma provision for (benefit from) income taxes financial information presented on the consolidated statements of operations has been presented to reflect a provision for income taxes assuming the Redemption-Related Transactions occurred on January 1, 2014 and were based on the statutory rates in effect during each period presented.

F-15

9. Related Party Transactions

In addition to the EHI Revolver and associated accrued interest (see Note 7), the Company had the following transactions with related parties:

• As of June 30, 2015, the Company had a lease with an affiliate of The Related Companies, LP (“Related”). The partners of Related own a controlling, indirect interest in EHI. The lease expires in 2021. For each of the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid a total of $0.2 million (unaudited) in rent expense related to the lease. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid a total of $0.3 million in rent expense related to the lease.

• As of June 30, 2015, the Company had one sublease with EHI. The sublease expires in 2029. For each of the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the Company paid a total of $0.2 million (unaudited) in rent expense related to the lease. For each of the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, the Company paid a total of $0.3 million in rent expense related to the lease.

• As of June 30, 2015, accounts payable and accrued expenses includes $0.4 million (unaudited) due to EHI for expenses paid on the Company’s behalf. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, accounts payable and accrued expenses includes less than $0.1 million due to Equinox for expenses paid on the Company’s behalf.

• As of June 30, 2015, $17.0 million (unaudited) due to EHI was recorded for the unpaid deferred tax distributions to which the Company succeeded upon the conversion to a corporation.

• The Company, as a consolidated subsidiary of EHI, files a consolidated tax return with Related Equinox Holdings II, LLC (“REH II”). Pursuant to the tax sharing agreement in place, the Company is responsible to refund REH II for the Company’s portion of the liability. As such, the Company has recorded an income tax payable to REH II in the amount of $1.0 million (unaudited) as of June 30, 2015.

• Effective as of May 15, 2015, the Company entered into a transition services agreement with EHI, pursuant to which, EHI will provide the Company with a variety of services, primarily related to:

• general corporate management services, including information technology support,

• supervision of certain tax and other regulatory matters,

• legal, regulatory and compliance advice, and

• real estate leasing and capital improvement related services.

The transition services agreement has a term of 12 months with respect to all services other than the financial planning and accounting services, financial systems services and real estate and development services, which continue for a term of 24 months. The transition services agreement is terminable by SoulCycle on ten business days’ prior written notice to EHI. As of June 30, 2015, the Company incurred $0.4 million (unaudited) in expenses related to the transition services agreement.

10. Share-based Compensation (unaudited)

In connection with the Redemption-Related Transactions and their continued employment by SCI, the founders received 22,222 options for SCI shares, which vest and become exercisable ratably over 36 months beginning on May 15, 2015. The weighted average exercise price of the options is $710 per share.

F-16

The fair value of share-based compensation awards was determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following assumptions:

Expected term (years) (1)	5.8
Expected volatility (2)	37.8	%
Risk-free interest rate (3)	1.7	%
Dividend yield (4)	0.0	%

⁽¹⁾  Expected term represents the estimated period of time until an award is exercised and was determined using the simplified method.

⁽²⁾  Expected volatility is based on the historical and implied volatility of a selected peer group over a period equivalent to the expected term.

⁽³⁾  The risk-free rate was based on the U.S. Treasury yield for a term consistent with the expected term.

⁽⁴⁾  Dividend yield is zero as the Company has no plans to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.

These are equity-classified awards and were an expense of $0.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015. The weighted average grant date fair value of these awards was $149.86. As of June 30, 2015, there were 22,222 options outstanding, of which 926 were vested. Unrecognized compensation as of June 30, 2015 was $3.2 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.9 years.

A second option was granted to the founders for a right to purchase a total of 11,112 shares of class A common stock equal to the price per share at which common stock is offered by the Company in a potential initial public offering of the Company’s common stock. As this award contains a contingent vesting feature, no expense has been recognized as of June 30, 2015.

See Note 13—“Subsequent Events.”

11. Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common stock outstanding, including all potentially dilutive common stock. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class B common stock are identical and, as such, separate presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share under the two-class method has not been presented.

The Company converted to a corporation on May 15, 2015 (see Note 3). For purposes of calculating earnings per share, the prior period amounts have been retroactively adjusted to give effect to the conversion.

F-17

The following table sets forth reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share of common stock for all periods presented:

	For the six months ended June 30,				For the year ended December 31,
($000’s)	2015		2014		2014		2013		2012
	(unaudited)
Numerator:
Net Income	$	87,308	$	12,454	$	25,329	$	17,797	$	7,623
Denominator:
Weighted-average shares outstanding - basic		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000
Effect of dilutive securities		—		—		—		—		—
Weighted-average shares outstanding - diluted		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000		1,000,000
Earnings per share - basic	$	87.31	$	12.45	$	25.33	$	17.80	$	7.62
Earnings per share - diluted	$	87.31	$	12.45	$	25.33	$	17.80	$	7.62

33,334 options were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share of common stock because the effect would have been anti-dilutive.

12. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases Commitments

The Company leases space under non-cancelable operating leases that have initial noncancelable terms of more than one year and expire at various dates through 2035. The leases contain provisions for scheduled rent increases and, in some cases, contain provisions for contingent rentals based on a percentage of sales in excess of a stipulated amount. The accompanying consolidated balance sheet at June 30, 2015 includes deferred rent obligations of $9.6 million (unaudited) representing accumulated rent expense charged to operations from the inception of certain leases in excess of the required lease payments, through June 30, 2015.

Rent and occupancy expense charged to operations for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 amounted to $7.1 million (unaudited) and $3.8 million (unaudited). Included in these amounts is approximately $1.8 million (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) of rent expense in excess of required lease payments in those periods.

Minimum future rental obligations under these non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2014, are as follows:

($000’s)
Year Ending:	Amount
2015	$	10,031
2016		12,159
2017		12,388
2018		12,714
2019		12,973
Thereafter		84,776
Total	$	145,041

F-18

Contingencies

From time to time, the Company is involved in legal proceedings where the likelihood of occurrence is not probable or the amount cannot be reasonably estimated and therefore accruals have not been made. However, where a liability is reasonably possible and could be material, such matters have been disclosed. Moreover, the Company may enter into discussions regarding settlement of these matters, and may enter into settlement agreements, if it believes settlement is in the best interest of the Company. Settlements by the Company or adverse decisions with respect to the matters discussed below, individually or in the aggregate, may result in a liability material to the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.

Wage and Hour Class Action:    The Company was the defendant of a lawsuit filed in Federal Court in New York alleging violations of the wage and hour laws of New York and California, which plaintiff was seeking to certify as a class action. The court subsequently dismissed the New York claims. Without admitting liability, the Company was successful in settling the remaining claims on a single plaintiff basis for an all-inclusive payment (including attorneys’ fees) of $0.1 million.

Subpoena Seeking Records from SoulCycle Regarding New York City Sales Tax:    SoulCycle (and certain other “boutique” fitness establishments) received subpoenas in May 2013 from the Office of the Attorney General of the State of New York. The subpoena requested documents from January 1, 2012 forward to determine whether the Company failed to collect and remit a 4.5% New York City sales tax on the sale of its classes. While it is not possible to estimate the likelihood of an unfavorable outcome or a range of loss in the event of an unfavorable outcome at this time, the Company believes this tax is not applicable to its classes and intends to vigorously contest any resulting assessment or claim of liability. Depending upon the ultimate outcome, this matter may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows. Separately, the Company is currently undergoing a routine examination by the New York State Department of Taxation and is in a dialogue with the agency as to the applicability of that tax to its business.

13. Subsequent Events (unaudited)

The 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan was adopted by our board of directors and stockholders on June 26, 2015 and reserves 143,137 shares of the Company’s common stock for issuance. Through the date of this prospectus, the Company granted stock options, which are exercisable for 53,295 shares of class A common stock, at an exercise price of $719 per share, under the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

F-19

\

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.*

The following table sets forth the various fees and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, to be paid by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and                  listing fee.

SEC registration fee	$	11,620
FINRA filing fee		15,500
listing fee		*
Printing and engraving costs		*
Legal fees and expenses		*
Accounting fees and expenses		*
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses		*
Miscellaneous		*
Total	$	*

* To be completed by amendment.

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or DGCL, authorizes a corporation’s board of directors to grant, and authorizes a court to award, indemnity to officers, directors and other corporate agents.

As permitted by the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, contains provisions that limit the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duty as directors, except liability for (i) any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders; (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law; (iii) unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the DGCL; or (iv) any transaction for which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

To the extent the DGCL is interpreted, or amended, to allow similar protections for officers of a corporation, such provisions of our certificate of incorporation shall also extend to those persons. In addition, as permitted by the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective prior to completion of this offering provide, among other things, that:

• we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

• we may, in our discretion, indemnify our other employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;

• we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, subject to very limited exceptions;

II-1

• we may advance expenses, as incurred, to our employees and agents in connection with a legal proceeding;

• the rights conferred in the certificate of incorporation and bylaws are not exclusive; and

• we may not retroactively amend the certificate of incorporation and bylaws provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees and agents.

In addition, Section 102 of the DGCL permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will be in effect prior to the completion of this offering, will provide that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the DGCL prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.

We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and officers to give these directors and officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving our directors, officers, or employees regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

A number of our directors and officers would, in certain circumstances, be entitled to indemnification by both us and related entities, such as EHI or SIH. In all such cases, under the terms of our indemnification agreements, we shall be fully and primarily responsible for payment of the indemnification or advancement of related expenses, regardless of any rights of recovery the indemnified party may have from those related entities.

The indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements we intend to enter into with each of our directors and officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of our directors and officers for liabilities (including reimbursement of expenses incurred) arising under the Securities Act.

The underwriting agreement to be filed as an exhibit to this registration statement will provide for indemnification of us and our officers and directors by the underwriters for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and otherwise to the extent, but only to the extent, that such liability arose from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to us by such underwriter specifically for use in the prospectus.

We currently maintain liability insurance for our officers and directors. We are seeking to obtain a new directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy and expect the insurance to include coverage for securities laws matters.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.

On May 15, 2015, the Company issued 970,000 shares of class B common stock to SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, 20,000 shares of class A common stock to Elizabeth P. Cutler and

II-2

Julie J. Rice and trusts for the benefit of their respective families and 10,000 shares of class B common stock to SoulCycle Management, LLC.

On May 15, 2015, the Company issued a stock option exercisable for 11,111 shares of class A common stock and a stock option exercisable for 5,556 shares of class A common stock to Elizabeth P. Cutler and Julie J. Rice, each at an exercise price of $710 per share and              per share, respectively. The issuances of common stock and stock options were made pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act. These shares of common stock and stock options were issued in connection with the conversion of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC into a corporation named SoulCycle Inc.

On              2015, the Company entered into restricted stock award agreements with two employees who each received 5,000 shares of class A common stock in connection with the dissolution of SoulCycle Management, LLC. The issuance of the stock awards was made pursuant to the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 3(a)(9) and/or 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On July 8, 2015, the Company granted stock options to 64 employees and service providers, including executive officers, which are exercisable for 53,295 shares of class A common stock at an exercise price of $719 per share. The issuances of the stock options were made pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act.

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

(a) Exhibits.

Exhibit Number	Title
1.1*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1*	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SoulCycle Inc., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
3.2*	Amended and Restated By-Laws of SoulCycle Inc., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
4.1*	Form of Certificate of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of SoulCycle Inc.
5.1*	Opinion of Paul Hastings LLP.
10.1**	Lease, dated as of September 11, 2012, by and between LF Greenwich LLC and SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC.
10.2**	First Amendment of Lease, dated as of December 15, 2014, by and between LF Greenwich LLC and SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC.
10.3**	Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2014, by and between SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC and SoulCycle Holdings, LLC.
10.4**	Redemption Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, Elizabeth P. Cutler, Irrevocable Trust FBO Lucia Hodges Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Irrevocable Trust FBO Nina Plamondon Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Julie J. Rice, Trust F/B/O Parker R. Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT, Trust F/B/O Phoebe Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT and Equinox Holdings, Inc.

II-3

Exhibit Number	Title
10.5**	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, Elizabeth Cutler, Irrevocable Trust FBO Lucia Hodges Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Irrevocable Trust FBO Nina Plamondon Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Julie Rice, Trust F/B/O/ Parker J. Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT, Trust F/B/O/ Phoebe Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT and SoulCycle Management, LLC.
10.6**	Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.7**	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the guarantors from time to time party thereto.
10.8**	Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, and the guarantors from time to time party thereto.
10.9*	Form of New Credit Agreement, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and the administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.10+**	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, on behalf of itself and its successor by conversion, SoulCycle Inc., and Julie J. Rice.
10.11+**	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, on behalf of itself and its successor by conversion, SoulCycle Inc., and Elizabeth P. Cutler.
10.12+**	1% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Julie Rice.
10.13+**	.5% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Julie Rice.
10.14+**	1% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Elizabeth Cutler.
10.15+**	.5% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Elizabeth Cutler.
10.16+**	Employment Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and Melanie Whelan.
10.17+**	Employment Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and Larry M. Segall.
10.18*	Form of Share Delivery Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.19+**	SoulCycle Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.20+**	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the SoulCycle Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.21+	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and certain of its directors and executive officers, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.22+	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and certain of its directors, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.

II-4

Exhibit Number	Title
10.23*	Transition Services Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2015 and effective as of May 15, 2015, by and SoulCycle Inc. and Equinox Holdings, Inc.
10.24*	Form of Indemnity and Tax Sharing Agreement, by and among SoulCycle Inc. and Related Equinox Holdings II, L.L.C., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.25*	Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.26*	Form of Investor Rights Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC.
21.1	Subsidiaries of SoulCycle Inc.
23.1	Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2*	Consent of Paul Hastings LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
23.3*	Consent of Steptoe & Johnson LLP.
24.1**	Power of Attorney.
99.1	Consent of Director Nominee (Melanie Whelan).
99.2	Consent of Director Nominee (Stephen M. Ross).
99.3	Consent of Director Nominee (Jeff T. Blau).
99.4	Consent of Director Nominee (Irwin Cohen).
99.5	Consent of Director Nominee (Millard S. Drexler).
99.6	Consent of Director Nominee (Robert L. Loverd).

+ Represents a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

Schedules not listed herein have been omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes thereto.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter, at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5

The undersigned hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-6

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of New York, New York on this 20th day of August, 2015.

SoulCycle Inc.
By:	/s/ Melanie Whelan
Name:	Melanie Whelan
Title:	Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature	Title	Date
* Harvey J. Spevak	Executive Chairman of the Board and Director	August 20, 2015
* Elizabeth P. Cutler	Co-Chief Creative Officer and Director	August 20, 2015
* Julie J. Rice	Co-Chief Creative Officer and Director	August 20, 2015
/s/    Melanie Whelan         Melanie Whelan	Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)	August 20, 2015
* Larry M. Segall	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Director (principal financial and accounting officer)	August 20, 2015
* Sarah Robb O’Hagan	Director	August 20, 2015
* Scott M. Rosen	Director	August 20, 2015
* Jeffrey Weinhaus	Director	August 20, 2015
* Paul Tizik	Director	August 20, 2015
* Greg Hill	Director	August 20, 2015
* Kevin S. Morris	Director	August 20, 2015

Signature	Title	Date
* Carlos Becil	Director	August 20, 2015
* Renée Durocher	Director	August 20, 2015

*By:	/s/    Melanie Whelan
	Melanie Whelan Attorney-in-fact

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Number	Title
1.1*	Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1*	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of SoulCycle Inc., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
3.2*	Amended and Restated By-Laws of SoulCycle Inc., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
4.1*	Form of Certificate of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of SoulCycle Inc.
5.1*	Opinion of Paul Hastings LLP.
10.1**	Lease, dated as of September 11, 2012, by and between LF Greenwich LLC and SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC.
10.2**	First Amendment of Lease, dated as of December 15, 2014, by and between LF Greenwich LLC and SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC.
10.3**	Assignment and Assumption Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2014, by and between SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC and SoulCycle Holdings, LLC.
10.4**	Redemption Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, Elizabeth P. Cutler, Irrevocable Trust FBO Lucia Hodges Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Irrevocable Trust FBO Nina Plamondon Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Julie J. Rice, Trust F/B/O Parker R. Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT, Trust F/B/O Phoebe Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT and Equinox Holdings, Inc.
10.5**	Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, Elizabeth Cutler, Irrevocable Trust FBO Lucia Hodges Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Irrevocable Trust FBO Nina Plamondon Cutler u/t/d March 20, 2011, Julie Rice, Trust F/B/O/ Parker J. Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT, Trust F/B/O/ Phoebe Rice under Julie J. Rice 2011 GRAT and SoulCycle Management, LLC.
10.6**	Credit Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent and as collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.7**	Guaranty Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the guarantors from time to time party thereto.
10.8**	Security Agreement, dated as of May 15, 2015, by and among SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, Bank of America, N.A., as collateral agent, and the guarantors from time to time party thereto.
10.9*	Form of New Credit Agreement, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and the administrative agent and collateral agent, and each lender from time to time party thereto.
10.10+**	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, on behalf of itself and its successor by conversion, SoulCycle Inc., and Julie J. Rice.
10.11+**	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC, on behalf of itself and its successor by conversion, SoulCycle Inc., and Elizabeth P. Cutler.
10.12+**	1% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Julie Rice.
10.13+**	.5% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Julie Rice.

Exhibit Number	Title
10.14+**	1% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Elizabeth Cutler.
10.15+**	.5% Option Agreement, dated as of April 6, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and Elizabeth Cutler.
10.16+**	Employment Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and Melanie Whelan.
10.17+**	Employment Agreement, dated as of July 22, 2015, by and between SoulCycle Inc. and Larry M. Segall.
10.18*	Form of Share Delivery Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.19+**	SoulCycle Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.20+**	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement Pursuant to the SoulCycle Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
10.21+	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and certain of its directors and executive officers, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.22+	Form of Indemnification Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and certain of its directors, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.23*	Transition Services Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2015 and effective as of May 15, 2015, by and SoulCycle Inc. and Equinox Holdings, Inc.
10.24*	Form of Indemnity and Tax Sharing Agreement, by and among SoulCycle Inc. and Related Equinox Holdings II, L.L.C., to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.25*	Form of Registration Rights Agreement by and among SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC, to be in effect prior to the closing of the offering.
10.26*	Form of Investor Rights Agreement by and between SoulCycle Inc. and SoulCycle Intermediate Holdings LLC.
21.1	Subsidiaries of SoulCycle Inc.
23.1	Consent of KPMG LLP.
23.2*	Consent of Paul Hastings LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
23.3*	Consent of Steptoe & Johnson LLP.
24.1**	Power of Attorney.
99.1	Consent of Director Nominee (Melanie Whelan).
99.2	Consent of Director Nominee (Stephen M. Ross).
99.3	Consent of Director Nominee (Jeff T. Blau).
99.4	Consent of Director Nominee (Irwin Cohen).
99.5	Consent of Director Nominee (Millard S. Drexler).
99.6	Consent of Director Nominee (Robert L. Loverd).

+ Represents a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

EX-10.21

Exhibit 10.21

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of             , 2015 by and between SoulCycle Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and             (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as directors or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) and the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as a director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve or continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that [he][she] be so indemnified;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director of the Company, as provided in Section 16 hereof.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee, consultant, fiduciary, or other official of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in any such capacity with respect to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting

-2-

power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

-3-

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, consultant, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, overtime secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with, or as a result of, prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company and (iii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Indemnitee-Related Entities” means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company or any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture,

-4-

trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise for which the Indemnitee has agreed, on behalf of the Company or at the Company’s request, to serve as a director, officer, employee, consultant, fiduciary or agent and which service is covered by the indemnity described in this Agreement) from whom the Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to which, in whole or in part, the Company may also have an indemnification or advancement obligation (other than as a result of obligations under an insurance policy).

(h) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(i) “Jointly Indemnifiable Claims” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any action, suit or proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification or advancement of expenses from both an Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Company pursuant to applicable law, any agreement or the certificate of incorporation, bylaws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or comparable organizational documents of the Company, or any parent or subsidiary of the Company, or any Indemnitee-Related Entity, as applicable.

(j) A “Potential Change in Control Event” will be deemed to have occurred if:

i. the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement that would constitute a Change in Control if consummated;

ii. any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions that would constitute a Change in Control if consummated; or

iii. the Board of Directors adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control Event has occurred.

(k) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of

-5-

a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by [him][her] (or a failure to take action by [him][her]) or of any action (or failure to act) on [his][her] part while acting pursuant to [his][her] Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(l) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner [he][she] reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on [his][her] behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in

-6-

settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein. No indemnification for Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of [his][her] Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any aspect of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, [he][she] shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

-7-

Section 8. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

ii. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim involving Indemnitee:

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

-8-

(c) except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorizes the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross-claim or affirmative defense brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iv) such Proceeding is brought to establish or enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, or any other statute or law, or otherwise as required under applicable law.

Section 10. Advances of Expenses.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law or excluded from the Company’s indemnification obligations by Section 9, the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by the Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be so included), whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement, applicable law, the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or otherwise. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

(b) If a claim under this Agreement is not paid, or caused to be paid, by the Company within 30 days of receipt of written notice, the right to indemnification as provided by this Agreement will be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such enforcement will be paid promptly by the Company in advance of the final disposition by such court at the written request of the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law;

-9-

provided that Indemnitee will reimburse the Company for all such costs and expenses paid by the Company or any of its subsidiaries if and only to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such costs and expenses under the provisions of applicable law, the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, this Agreement, or otherwise.

(c) The Indemnitee will promptly repay to the Company any amounts paid to the Indemnitee pursuant to other rights of indemnification or under any insurance policy, to the extent those payments are duplicative of payments made to the Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 11. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof or Indemnitee’s becoming aware thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding, in each case to the extent known to Indemnitee. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement, except to the extent (solely with respect to the indemnity hereunder) that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (in whole or in part) if such settlement would impose any Expense, judgment, liability, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee which Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

-10-

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by an Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a):

i. if a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee;

ii. if the Indemnitee is an outside director and no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement on submission of the written request;

iii. if the Indemnitee is not an outside director and no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.

In the case of a determination to be made pursuant to Section 12(a)(i) or 12(a)(iii), Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). If no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising [him][her] of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity

-11-

of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

-12-

(b) Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iii) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a)(i) or 12(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct or have a particular belief.

(d) The Indemnitee shall be presumed to have at all times acted in good faith and in a manner [he][she] reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with the reasonable care by or on behalf of the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

-13-

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of [his][her] entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at [his][her] option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce [his][her] rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be by clear and convincing evidence.

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

-14-

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise and (ii) shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in [his][her] Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

-15-

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in a manner that provides Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event any payment is made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated (except as provided in Section 15(e)) to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against third parties, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise due to the service of the Indemnitee as an agent of the Company at the request of the Indemnitee Related Entities, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, irrespective of any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities. Under no circumstance shall the Company be entitled to any right of subrogation or contribution by the Indemnitee-Related Entities and no right of advancement or recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company hereunder. In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company, and the Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights. The Company and the Indemnitee agree that each of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall be third-party beneficiaries with respect to this paragraph entitled to enforce this paragraph as though each such Indemnitee-Related Entity were a party to this Agreement.

-16-

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though [he][she] may have ceased to serve as a director of the Company. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and [his][her] spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. The Company shall require and shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 18. Savings. If this Agreement or any portion of it is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company will nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) with respect to any Proceeding to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that is not invalidated, or by any applicable law.

Section 19. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a director or officer of the Company.

-17-

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors and officers insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

(c) Each party acknowledges that it has been given an opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement. Any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it, has no application and is expressly waived.

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. This Agreement shall not be terminated without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which Indemnitee reasonably believes to be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

SoulCycle Inc.

609 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10014

Attn: General Counsel

-18-

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding.

Section 24. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 25. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of each provision of this Agreement.

Section 26. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 27. Miscellaneous. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

-19-

SOULCYCLE INC.	INDEMNITEE
By:
Name:	Name:
Office:	Address:

-20-

EX-10.22

Exhibit 10.22

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of             , 2015 by and between SoulCycle Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and             (“Indemnitee”). This Agreement supersedes and replaces any and all previous Agreements between the Company and Indemnitee covering the subject matter of this Agreement.

RECITALS

WHEREAS, highly competent persons have become more reluctant to serve corporations as [directors] [officers] or in other capacities unless they are provided with adequate protection through insurance or adequate indemnification against inordinate risks of claims and actions against them arising out of their service to and activities on behalf of the corporation;

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) has determined that, in order to attract and retain qualified individuals, the Company will attempt to maintain on an ongoing basis, at its sole expense, liability insurance to protect persons serving the Company and its subsidiaries from certain liabilities. Although the furnishing of such insurance has been a customary and widespread practice among United States-based corporations and other business enterprises, the Company believes that, given current market conditions and trends, such insurance may be available to it in the future only at higher premiums and with more exclusions. At the same time, directors, officers, and other persons in service to corporations or business enterprises are being increasingly subjected to expensive and time-consuming litigation relating to, among other things, matters that traditionally would have been brought only against the Company or business enterprise itself. The bylaws of the Company (the “Bylaws”) and the certificate of incorporation of the Company (the “Certificate of Incorporation”) require indemnification of the officers and directors of the Company. Indemnitee may also be entitled to indemnification pursuant to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and the DGCL expressly provide that the indemnification provisions set forth therein are not exclusive, and thereby contemplate that contracts may be entered into between the Company and members of the Board, officers and other persons with respect to indemnification;

WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the increased difficulty in attracting and retaining such persons is detrimental to the best interests of the Company and its stockholders and that the Company should act to assure such persons that there will be increased certainty of such protection in the future;

WHEREAS, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company contractually to obligate itself to indemnify, and to advance expenses on behalf of, such persons to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern that they will not be so indemnified;

WHEREAS, this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation and any resolutions adopted pursuant thereto, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee does not regard the protection available under the Bylaws and the Certificate of Incorporation and insurance as adequate in the present circumstances, and may not be willing to serve or continue to serve as an officer or director without adequate protection, and the Company desires Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve in such capacity. Indemnitee is willing to serve or continue to serve and to take on additional service for or on behalf of the Company on the condition that [he][she] be so indemnified;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees to serve [as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] of the Company] [, at the request of the Company, as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] [fiduciary] of [another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise]]. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any other contractual obligation or any obligation imposed by operation of law), in which event the Company shall have no obligation under this Agreement to continue Indemnitee in such position. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise) and Indemnitee. Indemnitee specifically acknowledges that Indemnitee’s employment with the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), if any, is at will, and the Indemnitee may be discharged at any time for any reason, with or without cause, except as may be otherwise provided in any written employment contract between Indemnitee and the Company (or any of its subsidiaries or any Enterprise), other applicable formal severance policies duly adopted by the Board, or, with respect to service as a director or officer of the Company, by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, and the DGCL. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve [as an [officer] [director] [agent] [employee] of the Company] [, at the request of the Company, as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] [fiduciary] of [another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise]], as provided in Section 16 hereof.

Section 2. Definitions. As used in this Agreement:

(a) References to “agent” shall mean any person who is or was a director, officer, or employee, consultant, fiduciary, or other official of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or other person authorized by the Company to act for the Company, to include such person serving in any such capacity with respect to another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise at the request of, for the convenience of, or to represent the interests of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

-2-

(b) A “Change in Control” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest to occur after the date of this Agreement of any of the following events:

i. Acquisition of Stock by Third Party. Any Person (as defined below) is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities unless the change in relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors;

ii. Change in Board of Directors. During any period of two (2) consecutive years (not including any period prior to the execution of this Agreement), individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board, and any new director (other than a director designated by a person who has entered into an agreement with the Company to effect a transaction described in Sections 2(b)(i), 2(b)(iii) or 2(b)(iv)) whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board;

iii. Corporate Transactions. The effective date of a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other entity, other than a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation and with the power to elect at least a majority of the board of directors or other governing body of such surviving entity;

iv. Liquidation. The approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; and

v. Other Events. There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act (as defined below), whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

For purposes of this Section 2(b), the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(A) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(B) “Person” shall have the meaning as set forth in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Person shall exclude (i) the Company, (ii) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, and (iii) any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company.

-3-

(C) “Beneficial Owner” shall have the meaning given to such term in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act; provided, however, that Beneficial Owner shall exclude any Person otherwise becoming a Beneficial Owner by reason of the stockholders of the Company approving a merger of the Company with another entity.

(c) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership or joint venture, trust or other enterprise which such person is or was serving at the request of the Company.

(d) “Disinterested Director” shall mean a director of the Company who is not and was not a party to the Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought by Indemnitee.

(e) “Enterprise” shall mean the Company and any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise of which Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, employee, consultant, agent or fiduciary.

(f) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts and other professionals, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, fax transmission charges, overtime secretarial services, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payments under this Agreement, ERISA excise taxes and penalties, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with, or as a result of, prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a deponent or witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include (i) Expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including without limitation the premium, security for, and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent, (ii) expenses incurred in connection with recovery under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company and (iii) for purposes of Section 14(d) only, Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, by litigation or otherwise. The parties agree that for the purposes of any advancement of Expenses for which Indemnitee has made written demand to the Company in accordance with this Agreement, all Expenses included in such demand that are certified by affidavit of Indemnitee’s counsel as being reasonable in the good faith judgment of such counsel shall be presumed conclusively to be reasonable. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

(g) “Independent Counsel” shall mean a law firm, or a member of a law firm, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and neither presently is, nor in the past five years has been, retained to represent: (i) the Company or Indemnitee in any matter material to either such party (other than with respect to matters concerning the Indemnitee under this Agreement, or of other indemnitees under similar indemnification agreements), or (ii) any other

-4-

party to the Proceeding giving rise to a claim for indemnification hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term “Independent Counsel” shall not include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee in an action to determine Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel referred to above and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all Expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.

(h) A “Potential Change in Control Event” will be deemed to have occurred if:

i. the Company enters into an agreement or arrangement that would constitute a Change in Control if consummated;

ii. any person (including the Company) publicly announces an intention to take or to consider taking actions that would constitute a Change in Control if consummated; or

iii. the Board of Directors adopts a resolution to the effect that, for purposes of this Agreement, a Potential Change in Control Event has occurred.

(i) The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, claim, counterclaim, cross claim, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, regulatory, legislative, or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director or officer of the Company, by reason of any action taken by [him][her] (or a failure to take action by [him][her]) or of any action (or failure to act) on [his][her] part while acting pursuant to [his][her] Corporate Status, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or Expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement. If the Indemnitee believes in good faith that a given situation may lead to or culminate in the institution of a Proceeding, this shall be considered a Proceeding under this paragraph.

(j) Reference to “other enterprise” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise tax assessed with respect to any employee benefit plan; references to “serving at the request of the Company” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner [he][she] reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Company” as referred to in this Agreement.

-5-

Section 3. Indemnity in Third-Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on [his][her] behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein. The parties hereto intend that this Agreement shall provide to the fullest extent permitted by law for indemnification in excess of that expressly permitted by statute, including, without limitation, any indemnification provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, vote of its stockholders or disinterested directors or applicable law.

Section 4. Indemnity in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 4 if Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status. Pursuant to this Section 4, Indemnitee shall be indemnified to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein. No indemnification for Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) shall be made under this Section 4 in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudged by a court to be liable to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court (as hereinafter defined) or any court in which the Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification.

Section 5. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts

-6-

paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection with or related to each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter to the fullest extent permitted by law. For purposes of this Section and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

Section 6. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of [his][her] Corporate Status, a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any aspect of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, [he][she] shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by [him][her] or on [his][her] behalf in connection therewith.

Section 7. Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of Expenses, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

Section 8. Additional Indemnification.

(a) Notwithstanding any limitation in Sections 3, 4, or 5, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law if Indemnitee is a party to or threatened to be made a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status) against all Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the Proceeding.

(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the meaning of the phrase “to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law” shall include, but not be limited to:

i. to the fullest extent permitted by the provision of the DGCL that authorizes or contemplates additional indemnification by agreement, or the corresponding provision of any amendment to or replacement of the DGCL, and

ii. to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by any amendments to or replacements of the DGCL adopted after the date of this Agreement that increase the extent to which a corporation may indemnify its officers and directors.

Section 9. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any indemnification payment in connection with any claim involving Indemnitee:

-7-

(a) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of Indemnitee under any insurance policy or other indemnification provision, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid under any insurance policy or other indemnity provision; or

(b) for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act (as defined in Section 2(b) hereof), or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) or (iii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any compensation pursuant to any compensation recoupment or clawback policy adopted by the Board or the compensation committee of the Board, including but not limited to any such policy adopted to comply with stock exchange listing requirements implementing Section 10D of the Exchange Act; or

(c) except as provided in Section 14(d) of this Agreement, in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee, including any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) initiated by Indemnitee against the Company or its directors, officers, employees or other indemnitees, unless (i) the Board authorizes the Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding) prior to its initiation, (ii) such payment arises in connection with any mandatory counterclaim or cross-claim or affirmative defense brought or raised by Indemnitee in any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), (iii) the Company provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Company under applicable law, or (iv) such Proceeding is brought to establish or enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, or any other statute or law, or otherwise as required under applicable law.

Section 10. Advances of Expenses.

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary (other than Section 14(d)), the Company shall advance, to the extent not prohibited by law or excluded from the Company’s indemnification obligations by Section 9, the Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding (or any part of any Proceeding), and such advancement shall be made within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advances from time to time (which shall include invoices received by the Indemnitee in connection with such Expenses but, in the case of invoices in connection with legal services, any references to legal work performed or to expenditures made that would cause Indemnitee to waive any privilege accorded by applicable law shall not be so included), whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Advances shall be unsecured and interest free. Advances shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate

-8-

entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. In accordance with Section 14(d), advances shall include any and all reasonable Expenses incurred pursuing an action to enforce this right of advancement, including Expenses incurred preparing and forwarding statements to the Company to support the advances claimed. The Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement, which shall constitute an undertaking providing that the Indemnitee undertakes to repay the amounts advanced (without interest) to the extent that it is ultimately determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under this Agreement, applicable law, the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation, or otherwise. No other form of undertaking shall be required other than the execution of this Agreement. This Section 10 shall not apply to any claim made by Indemnitee for which indemnity is excluded pursuant to Section 9.

(b) If a claim under this Agreement is not paid, or caused to be paid, by the Company within 30 days of receipt of written notice, the right to indemnification as provided by this Agreement will be enforceable by the Indemnitee in any court of competent jurisdiction, and all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with such enforcement will be paid promptly by the Company in advance of the final disposition by such court at the written request of the Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law; provided that Indemnitee will reimburse the Company for all such costs and expenses paid by the Company or any of its subsidiaries if and only to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction ultimately determines that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company for such costs and expenses under the provisions of applicable law, the Bylaws, Certificate of Incorporation, this Agreement, or otherwise.

(c) The Indemnitee will promptly repay to the Company any amounts paid to the Indemnitee pursuant to other rights of indemnification or under any insurance policy, to the extent those payments are duplicative of payments made to the Indemnitee under this Agreement.

Section 11. Procedure for Notification and Defense of Claim.

(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company in writing of any matter with respect to which Indemnitee intends to seek indemnification or advancement of Expenses hereunder as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt by Indemnitee of written notice thereof or Indemnitee’s becoming aware thereof. The written notification to the Company shall include a description of the nature of the Proceeding and the facts underlying the Proceeding, in each case to the extent known to Indemnitee. To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification following the final disposition of such Proceeding. The failure by Indemnitee to notify the Company hereunder will not relieve the Company from any liability which it may have to Indemnitee hereunder or otherwise than under this Agreement, and any delay in so notifying the Company shall not constitute a waiver by Indemnitee of any rights under this Agreement, except to the extent (solely with respect to the indemnity hereunder) that such failure or delay materially prejudices the Company. The Secretary of the Company shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification.

-9-

(b) The Company will be entitled to participate in the Proceeding at its own expense.

(c) The Company shall not settle any Proceeding (in whole or in part) if such settlement would impose any Expense, judgment, liability, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee which Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified hereunder without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 12. Procedure Upon Application for Indemnification.

(a) Upon written request by an Indemnitee for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a):

i. if a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, a determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee;

ii. if the Indemnitee is an outside director and no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Indemnitee shall be presumed to be entitled to indemnification and advancement of Expenses under this Agreement on submission of the written request;

iii. if the Indemnitee is not an outside director and no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement thereto shall be made (A) by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (B) by a committee of Disinterested Directors designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board, (C) if there are no such Disinterested Directors or, if such Disinterested Directors so direct, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee or (D) if so directed by the Board, by the stockholders of the Company; and, if it is so determined that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, payment to Indemnitee shall be made within ten (10) days after such determination.

In the case of a determination to be made pursuant to Section 12(a)(i) or 12(a)(iii), Indemnitee shall cooperate with the person, persons or entity making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such person, persons or entity upon reasonable advance request any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or Expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in so cooperating with the person, persons or entity making such determination shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the

-10-

Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. The Company promptly will advise Indemnitee in writing with respect to any determination that Indemnitee is or is not entitled to indemnification, including a description of any reason or basis for which indemnification has been denied.

(b) In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a) hereof, the Independent Counsel shall be selected as provided in this Section 12(b). If no Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board, and the Company shall give written notice to Indemnitee advising [him][her] of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. If a Change in Control or Potential Change in Control Event shall have occurred, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee (unless Indemnitee shall request that such selection be made by the Board, in which event the preceding sentence shall apply), and Indemnitee shall give written notice to the Company advising it of the identity of the Independent Counsel so selected. In either event, Indemnitee or the Company, as the case may be, may, within ten (10) days after such written notice of selection shall have been given, deliver to the Company or to Indemnitee, as the case may be, a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or the Delaware Court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof and the final disposition of the Proceeding, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected and not objected to, either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of any objection which shall have been made by the Company or Indemnitee to the other’s selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by such court or by such other person as such court shall designate, and the person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 12(a) hereof. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).

Section 13. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.

(a) In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 11(a) of this Agreement, and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption, and such

-11-

presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence. Neither the failure of the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of any action pursuant to this Agreement that indemnification is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct, nor an actual determination by the Company (including by its directors or Independent Counsel) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that Indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(b) Subject to Section 14(e), if the person, persons or entity empowered or selected under Section 12 of this Agreement to determine whether Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification shall not have made a determination within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the request therefor, the requisite determination of entitlement to indemnification shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be deemed to have been made and Indemnitee shall be entitled to such indemnification, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law; provided, however, that such 60-day period may be extended for a reasonable time, not to exceed an additional thirty (30) days, if the person, persons or entity making the determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification in good faith requires such additional time for the obtaining or evaluating of documentation and/or information relating thereto; and provided, further, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 13(b) shall not apply (i) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by the stockholders pursuant to Section 12(a)(iii) of this Agreement and if (A) within fifteen (15) days after receipt by the Company of the request for such determination the Board has resolved to submit such determination to the stockholders for their consideration at an annual meeting thereof to be held within seventy-five (75) days after such receipt and such determination is made thereat, or (B) a special meeting of stockholders is called within fifteen (15) days after such receipt for the purpose of making such determination, such meeting is held for such purpose within sixty (60) days after having been so called and such determination is made thereat, or (ii) if the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel pursuant to Section 12(a)(i) or 12(a)(iii) of this Agreement.

(c) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet the applicable standard of conduct or have a particular belief.

(d) The Indemnitee shall be presumed to have at all times acted in good faith and in a manner [he][she] reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and the Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption, and such presumption shall be used as a basis for a determination of entitlement to indemnification and advancement of expenses unless the Company overcomes such presumption by clear and convincing evidence. For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if

-12-

Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the directors or officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser, financial advisor or other expert selected with the reasonable care by or on behalf of the Enterprise. The provisions of this Section 13(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

(e) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, trustee, partner, managing member, fiduciary, agent or employee of the Enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification under this Agreement.

Section 14. Remedies of Indemnitee.

(a) Subject to Section 14(e), in the event that (i) a determination is made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement, (iii) no determination of entitlement to indemnification shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ninety (90) days after receipt by the Company of the request for indemnification, (iv) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to Section 5, 6 or 7 or the second to last sentence of Section 12(a) of this Agreement within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, (v) payment of indemnification pursuant to Section 3, 4 or 8 of this Agreement is not made within ten (10) days after a determination has been made that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, or (vi) the Company or any other person or entity takes or threatens to take any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any litigation or other action or proceeding designed to deny, or to recover from, Indemnitee the benefits provided or intended to be provided to the Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by a court of [his][her] entitlement to such indemnification or advancement of Expenses. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at [his][her] option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the JAMS Employment Arbitration Rules. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 14(a); provided, however, that the foregoing clause shall not apply in respect of a proceeding brought by Indemnitee to enforce [his][her] rights under Section 5 of this Agreement. The Company shall not oppose Indemnitee’s right to seek any such adjudication or award in arbitration.

(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be by clear and convincing evidence.

-13-

(c) If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 12(a) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification, the Company shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14, absent a prohibition of such indemnification under applicable law.

(d) The Company shall, to the fullest extent not prohibited by law, be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 14 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement. It is the intent of the Company that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the Indemnitee not be required to incur legal fees or other Expenses associated with the interpretation, enforcement or defense of Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement by litigation or otherwise because the cost and expense thereof would substantially detract from the benefits intended to be extended to the Indemnitee hereunder. The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify Indemnitee against any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, shall (within ten (10) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor) advance, to the extent not prohibited by law, such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement of Expenses from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company if, in the case of indemnification, Indemnitee is wholly successful on the underlying claims; if Indemnitee is not wholly successful on the underlying claims, then such indemnification shall be only to the extent Indemnitee is successful on such underlying claims or otherwise as permitted by law, whichever is greater.

(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination as to entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding.

Section 15. Non-exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.

(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement (i) shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, a vote of stockholders or a resolution of directors, or otherwise and (ii) shall be interpreted independently of, and without reference to, any other such rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in [his][her] Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in Delaware law, whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Bylaws, the Certificate of Incorporation and this Agreement, it is the intent of the parties hereto that Indemnitee shall enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to

-14-

be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

(b) To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, or agents of the Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in a manner that provides Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee or agent under such policy or policies. If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such claim or of the commencement of a Proceeding, as the case may be, to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

(c) In the event any payment is made by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated (except as provided in Section 15(e)) to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against third parties, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(d) The Company shall not be liable under this Agreement to make any payment of amounts otherwise indemnifiable (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) hereunder if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such payment under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise.

(e) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) hereunder to Indemnitee who is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or other agent of any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as indemnification or advancement of Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) from such other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

Section 16. Duration of Agreement. This Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though [he][she] may have ceased to serve [as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] of the Company] [or, at the request of the Company, as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] [fiduciary] of [another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise]]. The indemnification and advancement of expenses rights provided by or granted pursuant to this

-15-

Agreement shall be binding upon and be enforceable by the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company), shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or of any other Enterprise, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and [his][her] spouse, assigns, heirs, devisees, executors and administrators and other legal representatives. The Company shall require and shall cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company to, by written agreement, expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

Section 17. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

Section 18. Savings. If this Agreement or any portion of it is invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company will nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee as to judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such judgments, liabilities, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) with respect to any Proceeding to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that is not invalidated, or by any applicable law.

Section 19. Enforcement.

(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving or continuing to serve as a [director] [officer] [employee] [agent] of the Company.

(b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any directors and officers insurance maintained by the Company and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.

-16-

(c) Each party acknowledges that it has been given an opportunity to be represented by counsel in connection with this Agreement. Any rule of law or any legal decision that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguities in this Agreement against the party that drafted it, has no application and is expressly waived.

Section 20. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver. This Agreement shall not be terminated without the Indemnitee’s prior written consent.

Section 21. Notice by Indemnitee. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which Indemnitee reasonably believes to be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to the Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.

Section 22. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by facsimile transmission, with receipt of oral confirmation that such transmission has been received:

(a) If to Indemnitee, at the address indicated on the signature page of this Agreement, or such other address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.

(b) If to the Company to:

SoulCycle Inc.

609 Greenwich Street

New York, NY 10014

Attn: General Counsel

or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.

Section 23. Contribution. To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding.

-17-

Section 24. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 14(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) appoint, to the extent such party is not otherwise subject to service of process in the State of Delaware, irrevocably Corporation Service Company, 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Delaware 19808, as its agent in the State of Delaware as such party’s agent for acceptance of legal process in connection with any such action or proceeding against such party with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.

Section 25. Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of each provision of this Agreement.

Section 26. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

Section 27. Miscellaneous. The headings of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.

SOULCYCLE INC.	INDEMNITEE
By:
Name:	Name:
Office:	Address:

-18-

EX-21.1

Exhibit 21.1

Subsidiaries of SoulCycle Inc.

Legal Name	State of Incorporation
SoulCycle IP LLC	New York
SoulCycle Inc.	Delaware
SoulCycle Management, LLC	Delaware
SoulCycle Tribeca, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Bridgehampton, LLC	New York
Soul Cycle East 83rd Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Scarsdale LLC	New York
SoulCycle 350 Amsterdam, LLC	New York
SoulCycle East 18th Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Pop Up, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Roslyn, LLC	New York
SoulCycle East Hampton, LLC	New York
SoulCycle East 63rd Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle West Hollywood, LLC	California
SoulCycle Brentwood, LLC	California
SoulCycle Greenwich, LLC	Connecticut
SoulCycle Santa Monica, LLC	California
SoulCycle 384 Lafayette Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle 609 Greenwich Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle 45 Crosby Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle West 19th Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Rye Brook, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Kent Avenue, LLC	New York

SoulCycle 2095 Union Street, LLC	California
SoulCycle Larkspur, LLC	California
SoulCycle Beverly Hills, LLC	California
SoulCycle Palo Alto, LLC	California
SoulCycle Short Hills, LLC	New Jersey
SoulCycle Woodbury, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Chestnut Hill, LLC	Massachusetts
SoulCycle Water Mill, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Malibu, LLC	California
SoulCycle M Street, LLC	District of Columbia
SoulCycle Bronxville, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Westport, LLC	Connecticut
SoulCycle Pasadena, LLC	California
SoulCycle 6200 Hollywood, LLC	California
SoulCycle Maiden Lane, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Newport Beach, LLC	California
SoulCycle 27th Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Bethesda, LLC	Maryland
SoulCycle 2465 Broadway, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Merrick Park, LLC	Florida
SoulCycle 75 First Street, LLC	California
SoulCycle N. Wells Street, LLC	Illinois
SoulCycle El Segundo, LLC	California
SoulCycle W. Wacker LLC	Illinois
SoulCycle Castro Street, LLC	California
SoulCycle Bryant Park, LLC	New York
SoulCycle 210 Joralemon Street, LLC	New York
SoulCycle Montauk, LLC	New York

EX-23.1

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

SoulCycle Inc. (successor of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries):

We consent to the use of our report dated June 19, 2015, except as to earnings per share and note 11, which are as of August 20, 2015, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of SoulCycle Holdings, LLC and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members’ equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2014, included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and the related Prospectus of SoulCycle Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” included therein.

/s/ KPMG LLP

New York, New York

August 20, 2015

EX-99.1

Exhibit 99.1

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Melanie Whelan

Melanie Whelan

EX-99.2

Exhibit 99.2

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Stephen M. Ross

Stephen M. Ross

EX-99.3

Exhibit 99.3

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Jeff T. Blau

Jeff T. Blau

EX-99.4

Exhibit 99.4

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Irwin Cohen

Irwin Cohen

EX-99.5

Exhibit 99.5

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Millard S. Drexler

Millard S. Drexler

EX-99.6

Exhibit 99.6

Consent of Director Nominee

Pursuant to Rule 438 of Regulation C promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Registration Statement”) of SoulCycle Inc. (the “Company”), the undersigned hereby consents to being named and described as a person who will become a director of the Company in the Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement to any prospectus included in such Registration Statement, any amendment to such Registration Statement or any subsequent Registration Statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act and to the filing or attachment of this consent with such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this consent as of the 20^th day of August, 2015.

/s/ Robert L. Loverd

Robert L. Loverd